DELL S2810DN User Manual
™
Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn  
User's Guide  
Regulatory model: Dell S2810dn  
Contents  
Before Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
About License.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19  
As for RSA BSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
ICC Profile Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
JPEG Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Math Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
libtiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Zlib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
1
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
23  
Conventions.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
23  
2
3
4
Finding Information  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
25  
27  
29  
Product Features  
About the Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Front and Rear Views.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29  
29  
30  
Front View  
Rear View  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Space Requirements  
Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
31  
31  
.
.
.
Additional Components.  
32  
32  
32  
Optional Accessories  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Non-bundled Items  
.
.
.
Securing the Printer  
Ordering Supplies  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
32  
33  
.
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
3
Setting up the Printer (Printer Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
5
Installing Optional Accessories  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37  
Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37  
Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet Feeder.  
40  
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
Verifying the Contents of the Box  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
43  
43  
44  
45  
.
.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
Determining the Wireless Network Settings  
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
45  
46  
47  
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Without Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50  
51  
51  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Configuration Tool  
.
.
.
6
Connecting Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
53  
54  
Turning on the Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel  
Connecting to a Computer or a Network  
54  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
56  
56  
57  
Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection)  
Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows Only)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
57  
57  
58  
Basic Setup  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method  
7
Setting the IP Address  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
61  
Assigning an IP Address  
.
.
.
61  
61  
62  
63  
When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
When Using the Operator Panel.  
.
.
.
.
When Using the Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Verifying the IP Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
64  
64  
64  
Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report  
4
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
64  
65  
67  
8
9
Loading Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
®
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows Computers  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
67  
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer  
67  
Starting Dell Printer Easy Install  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
67  
68  
72  
USB Cable Connection Setup  
.
.
.
Network Connection Setup  
.
Setting Up for Shared Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
77  
77  
78  
Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer  
Checking the Shared Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
79  
Installing the Drivers and Software  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
79  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8,  
OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
79  
80  
Configuring Settings.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
83  
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
83  
83  
83  
83  
84  
84  
85  
Setup Overview  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Installing the Printer Driver  
Setting Up the Queue  
.
.
.
.
Setting the Default Queue  
Specifying the Printing Options  
Uninstalling the Printer Driver.  
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
85  
85  
85  
86  
87  
87  
88  
88  
Setup Overview  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Installing the Printer Driver  
Setting Up the Queue  
.
.
.
.
Setting the Default Queue  
Specifying the Printing Options  
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator.  
Uninstalling the Printer Driver.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
5
Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS  
Setup Overview  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
88  
88  
88  
89  
90  
90  
90  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Installing the Printer Driver  
Setting Up the Queue  
.
.
.
Setting the Default Queue  
.
Specifying the Printing Options  
Uninstalling the Printer Driver  
.
Using Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
12 Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
93  
About the Operator Panel  
.
.
93  
Using the Number Pad  
.
94  
94  
94  
Number Pad Letters and Numbers  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Changing Numbers or Names  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printing a Panel Settings Report  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
94  
Changing the Language  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
95  
95  
95  
When Using the Operator Panel.  
When Using the Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
95  
13 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
97  
Overview  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
97  
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
98  
98  
98  
Setting Up From Web Browser  
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
99  
Overview of the Menu Items  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
99  
99  
Printer Status  
Printer Jobs  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
99  
Printer Settings  
99  
Print Server Settings.  
99  
Copy Printer Settings  
100  
100  
100  
100  
Print Volume  
Printer Information.  
Tray Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
E-Mail Server Settings Overview  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
100  
100  
100  
100  
100  
Set Password  
Online Help  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Order Supplies at:  
Contact Dell Support at:  
Page Display Format  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
101  
101  
102  
103  
Top Frame  
Left Frame  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Right Frame  
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
103  
103  
105  
106  
107  
116  
131  
132  
133  
Details of the Menu Items  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printer Status  
Printer Jobs  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printer Settings  
Print Server Settings  
Copy Printer Settings  
Print Volume  
.
.
.
.
.
Tray Settings.  
.
.
.
.
14 Understanding the Printer Menus  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
135  
Report / List  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
135  
135  
135  
135  
135  
135  
135  
135  
135  
136  
136  
136  
136  
136  
Printer Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Panel Settings  
PCL Fonts List  
.
.
PCL Macros List  
PS Fonts List  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PDF Fonts List  
Job History  
Error History  
Print Meter  
Demo Page  
.
.
.
.
Stored Documents.  
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel  
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
Admin Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
136  
136  
142  
144  
145  
151  
151  
160  
PCL.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PDF  
PS  
.
Network  
USB Settings  
System Settings  
Maintenance  
.
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
7
Secure Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
164  
Tray Settings  
.
.
.
.
165  
165  
167  
168  
169  
MPF  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
Tray Priority  
Panel Language  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
169  
Print Menu  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
170  
170  
170  
171  
171  
Secure Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Private Mail Box  
Public Mail Box  
Proof Print  
.
.
.
Panel Lock  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
172  
172  
173  
Enabling the Panel Lock  
Disabling the Panel Lock  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Resetting Defaults  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
173  
When Using the Operator Panel.  
173  
15 Print Media Guidelines  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
175  
Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
175  
175  
175  
175  
176  
176  
Recommended Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Unacceptable Paper  
Selecting Paper  
.
.
.
.
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads  
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Envelopes  
Labels  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
177  
177  
178  
.
.
Storing Print Media  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications  
178  
179  
179  
180  
Supported Paper Sizes  
Supported Paper Types  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Paper Type Specifications  
16 Loading Print Media  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181  
181  
Capacity  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Print Media Dimensions  
181  
8
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181  
.
181  
Loading Print Media in the MPF  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
182  
Loading Small Print Media in the MPF  
183  
Printing on Envelopes – Envelope Mode.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
189  
189  
190  
To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
To Cancel the Envelope Mode.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Loading Envelopes in the MPF  
Envelope #10, DL.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Monarch  
C5  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Loading Letterhead in the MPF  
Using the MPF  
Linking Trays  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
190  
190  
.
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191  
17 Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
193  
Tips for Successful Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
193  
193  
193  
Tips on Storing Print Media  
Avoiding Paper Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sending a Job to Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
193  
Canceling a Print Job.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
194  
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel  
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows® Operating System  
194  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
194  
Duplex Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
195  
195  
195  
Duplex Printing With Duplex Unit  
Using Booklet Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Using the Stored Print Feature  
Overview.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
196  
197  
198  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Procedures for Printing Stored Print  
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
199  
199  
200  
200  
Adding Roles of Printer Services  
Printer Setup  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
9
Printing With Wi-Fi Direct  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
201  
201  
203  
203  
203  
204  
Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct  
Printing via Wi-Fi Direct  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network  
Resetting the Passphrase  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Resetting the PIN  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mobile Printing  
Android OS  
Apple iOS.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
204  
204  
204  
Printing With AirPrint  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205  
205  
205  
Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer  
Printing via AirPrint  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printing With Google Cloud Print.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205  
205  
206  
206  
207  
208  
208  
208  
Preparing to Use the Printer with Google Cloud Print.  
Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service  
Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service  
Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service  
Canceling Registration to Google Cloud Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printing via Google Cloud Print  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printing a Report Page  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
209  
Printer Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
209  
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings.  
210  
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer  
Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
210  
Know Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211  
18 Understanding Your Printer Software  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
213  
Printer Utility Software  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
214  
214  
214  
214  
215  
Status Window.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tool Box  
Updater  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Troubleshooting  
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh  
Status Monitor Widget Feature  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
215  
215  
215  
215  
.
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget  
Installing the Status Monitor Widget  
.
.
.
.
10  
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
216  
216  
217  
218  
Printer Status Window  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Order Window  
Preferences  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Status Monitor Console for Linux  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
219  
219  
220  
220  
220  
221  
221  
222  
224  
224  
Status Monitor Console Feature  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console.  
Installing the Status Monitor Console.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Starting the Status Monitor Console  
.
.
.
Printer Selection Window  
Printer Status Window  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Dell Supplies Management System Window  
Service Tag Window  
Settings Window  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19 Using Digital Certificates  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
227  
Managing Certificates  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
227  
227  
228  
229  
229  
230  
230  
231  
Preparing to Manage Certificates.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)  
Importing a Digital Certificate  
Setting a Digital Certificate  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate  
Deleting a Digital Certificate  
Exporting a Digital Certificate  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting the Features  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
231  
231  
232  
232  
Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)  
Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)  
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2,  
EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
233  
20 Understanding Printer Messages  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235  
Status Codes  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235  
21 Specifications  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
239  
239  
Operating System Compatibility  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Power Supply  
Dimensions  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
239  
.
239  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
11  
Memory  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
239  
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and Interface  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
240  
MIB Compatibility  
240  
Environment  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
240  
240  
240  
240  
240  
Operation.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Print Quality Guarantee  
Storage.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Altitude  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Cables  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
241  
241  
242  
Print Specifications  
Optional Wireless Adapter  
Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243  
22 Maintaining Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
245  
245  
245  
245  
246  
246  
Determining the Status of Supplies  
.
.
.
.
.
Conserving Supplies  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ordering Supplies.  
Storing Print Media  
.
.
Storing Consumables  
Replacing the Toner Cartridge  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
247  
247  
248  
Removing the Toner Cartridge  
Installing a Toner Cartridge  
.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
249  
249  
249  
Removing the Drum Cartridge  
Installing a Drum Cartridge  
.
Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
252  
Replacing the Fusing Unit  
Removing the Fusing Unit  
Installing a Fusing Unit.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
252  
252  
253  
254  
254  
255  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Removing the Transfer Unit  
Installing a Transfer Unit.  
.
Removing the Retard Roller in Tray1.  
12  
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Installing a Retard Roller in Tray1  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
256  
257  
260  
261  
264  
Cleaning Inside the Printer.  
Moving the Printer .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
23 Clearing Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
267  
267  
268  
269  
271  
Avoiding Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams  
Clearing Paper Jams From the MPF  
Clearing Paper Jams From Tray1  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
273  
If status code: 050-130 appears:.  
.
.
.
273  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer  
If status code: 050-131 appears:.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
275  
.
.
276  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Regi Roll.  
If status code: 050-142 appears:.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
276  
.
.
277  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
279  
If status code: 050-132 appears:.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
279  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Trays.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
282  
282  
284  
When status code 050-134 appears:  
When status code 050-133 appears:  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287  
24 Troubleshooting Guide  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
289  
289  
Basic Printer Problems.  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Display Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
289  
Printing Problems  
289  
Print Quality Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
290  
291  
292  
The output is too light  
Toner smears or print comes off  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
13  
Random spots/Blurred images  
The entire output is blank  
Streaks appear on the output  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
304  
305  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pitched dots  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Vertical blanks  
Mottle  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ghosting  
Light-induced fatigue  
Fog  
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Jagged characters.  
.
.
.
Banding  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Auger mark.  
.
.
.
.
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
Damage on the leading edge of paper  
Jam/Alignment Problems  
The top and side margins are incorrect  
Images are skewed  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
305  
306  
306  
307  
308  
308  
309  
309  
310  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam  
MPF Misfeed Jam  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)  
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)  
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam.  
MPF Multi-feed Jam  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Noise  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
310  
311  
312  
312  
312  
312  
Digital Certificate Problems  
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories  
Wi-Fi Direct Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Other Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contacting Service  
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313  
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315  
Dell™ Technical Support Policy  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
315  
Online Services  
.
.
.
.
.
.
315  
Warranty and Return Policy  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
316  
14  
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Recycling Information  
Contacting Dell  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
316  
.
.
.
.
.
.
316  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Contents  
15  
16  
Contents  
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007  
Before Beginning  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings..................................................... 19  
1 Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide.......................... 23  
2 Finding Information..................................................................... 25  
3 Product Features......................................................................... 27  
4 About the Printer......................................................................... 29  
17  
 
18  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your printer.  
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.  
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.  
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.  
© 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.  
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.  
Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, and  
Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Apple,  
Bonjour, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Macintosh, Mac OS, OS X, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other  
countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.; Android, Google Chrome, Gmail, Google, Google Cloud Print, Google  
Drive, and Google Play are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.; Adobe, PostScript and Photoshop are either registered  
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries; Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct are registered  
trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Wi-Fi Protected Setup, WPA and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Red Hat and Red Hat Enterprise  
Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries; SUSE is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United  
States and other countries; Thinxtream is trademark of Thinxtream Technologies Pte. Ltd.; QR Code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave  
Incorporated.  
RSA and BSAFE are either registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.  
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products.  
Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.  
About License  
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions  
upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product  
includes software developed by Eric Young ([email protected]); AES: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights  
reserved. This product uses published AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; ICC Profile (Little cms):  
Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.  
As for RSA BSAFE  
®
®
This printer includes RSA BSAFE Cryptographic software from EMC Corporation.  
ICC Profile Header  
Copyright (c) 1994-1996 SunSoft, Inc.  
Rights Reserved  
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),  
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish distribute, sublicense,  
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:  
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.  
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT  
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN  
NO EVENT SHALL SUNSOFT, INC. OR ITS PARENT COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE  
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
Except as contained in this notice, the name of SunSoft, Inc. shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other  
dealings in this Software without written authorization from SunSoft Inc.  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
19  
       
JPEG Library  
Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG software  
-------------------------------------------  
This package contains C software to implement JPEG image encoding, decoding, and transcoding. JPEG is a standardized compression method  
for full-color and gray-scale images.  
The distributed programs provide conversion between JPEG "JFIF" format and image files in PBMPLUS PPM/PGM, GIF, BMP, and Targa file  
formats. The core compression and decompression library can easily be reused in other programs, such as image viewers. The package is highly  
portable C code; we have tested it on many machines ranging from PCs to Crays.  
We are releasing this software for both noncommercial and commercial use. Companies are welcome to use it as the basis for JPEG-related  
products. We do not ask a royalty, although we do ask for an acknowledgement in product literature (see the README file in the distribution for  
details). We hope to make this software industrial-quality --- although, as with anything that's free, we offer no warranty and accept no liability.  
For more information, contact [email protected].  
Contents of this directory  
-------------------------------------------  
jpegsrc.vN.tar.gz contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Unix format.  
jpegsrN.zip contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Windows format.  
jpegaltui.vN.tar.gz contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Unix format.  
jpegaltuiN.zip contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Windows format.  
wallace.ps.gz is a PostScript file of Greg Wallace's introductory article about JPEG. This is an update of the article that appeared in the April 1991  
Communications of the ACM.  
jpeg.documents.gz tells where to obtain the JPEG standard and documents about JPEG-related file formats.  
jfif.ps.gz is a PostScript file of the JFIF (JPEG File Interchange Format) format specification.  
jfif.txt.gz is a plain text transcription of the JFIF specification; it's missing a figure, so use the PostScript version if you can.  
TIFFTechNote2.txt.gz is a draft of the proposed revisions to TIFF 6.0's JPEG support.  
pm.errata.gz is the errata list for the first printing of the textbook "JPEG Still Image Data Compression Standard" by Pennebaker and Mitchell.  
jdosaobj.zip contains pre-assembled object files for JMEMDOSA.ASM. If you want to compile the IJG code for MS-DOS, but don't have an  
assembler, these files may be helpful.  
Math Library  
Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.  
Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business.  
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.  
====================================================  
copysignf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.  
math_private.h: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.  
powf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.  
scalbnf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.  
libtiff  
Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler  
Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.  
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided  
that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names  
of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written  
permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.  
20  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
     
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE,  
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR  
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR  
PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT  
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.  
Zlib  
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.8, April 28th, 2013  
Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler  
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from  
the use of this software.  
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely,  
subject to the following restrictions:  
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a  
product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.  
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.  
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.  
Jean-loup Gailly  
[email protected]  
Mark Adler  
[email protected]  
____________________  
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS  
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to  
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in  
applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.  
April 2015 Rev. A00  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
21  
 
22  
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings  
1
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide  
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation of your Dell Smart Printer |  
S2810dn. For information on other documentation included with your Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn, see "Finding  
Information."  
NOTE: In this manual, Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn is referred to as the "printer."  
NOTE: In this manual, the procedures for the computer are explained using Microsoft® Windows® 7 unless stated otherwise.  
Conventions  
The following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual:  
Bold texts  
:
• Names of hardware button on the operator panel.  
• Screen names on the LCD panel.  
• Menus, commands, windows, or dialog boxes displayed on the computer screen.  
Texts in Courier Newfont : • Menus and messages displayed on the LCD panel.  
• Characters entered from the computer.  
• Directory paths.  
<
"
>
"
:
:
:
• Key on the keyboard of the computer.  
• Indicates a path to a certain item within a procedure on a computer.  
• Cross references in this manual.  
• Characters entered from the operator panel.  
• Messages displayed on the computer screen.  
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide  
23  
     
24  
Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn User's Guide  
2
Finding Information  
What are you looking for?  
• Drivers for my printer  
• My User's Guide  
Find it here  
Software and Documentation disc  
The Software and Documentation disc contains setup video, documentation,  
and drivers for your printer. You can use the Software and Documentation disc to  
install drivers or access your setup video and documentation.  
Readme files may be included on your Software and Documentation disc to  
provide last-minute updates about technical changes to your printer or advanced  
technical reference material for experienced users or technicians.  
• How to set up my printer  
• How to use my printer  
• Safety information  
Setup Guide  
Important Information  
• Warranty information  
WARNING: Read and follow all safety instructions in the Important  
Information prior to setting up and operating your printer.  
• Express Service Code and Service Tag  
Service Tag  
ABCD123  
Express Service Code  
01234567890  
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the front cover of  
your printer.  
• Latest drivers for my printer  
• Documentation for my printer  
Go to dell.com/support.  
• Answers to technical service and support  
questions  
dell.com/support provides several online tools, including:  
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, and  
online courses  
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as the printer drivers  
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status, warranty, and repair  
information  
• Downloads — Drivers  
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product specifications  
Go to dell.com/support. Select your region, and fill in the requested details to  
access help tools and information.  
Finding Information  
25  
     
26  
Finding Information  
3
Product Features  
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.  
Duplex Printing (Duplex Print)  
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up Print)  
The Duplex Printing feature enables you to print two or  
more pages on both sides of a sheet of paper. This feature  
helps save paper.  
The Multiple Up feature enables you to print documents as  
reduced-size documents containing multiple pages on a  
single sheet of paper by setting from the printer driver. This  
feature helps save paper.  
Using the Stored Print Feature (Stored Print)  
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
The Stored Print feature allows you to temporarily store  
your print data in the printer memory, so you can print it  
later. When printing confidential jobs, use the number pad  
to enter the password. You can effectively manage your  
time when you print confidential data or large-volume data  
at off-peak hours.  
When the printer is connected to a computer via network  
using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you can print  
documents from the computer using the Web Services on  
Devices (WSD) Print function.  
Product Features  
27  
   
28  
Product Features  
4
About the Printer  
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn.  
Front and Rear Views  
Front View  
1
2
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
3
4
Operator Panel  
Output Tray Extension  
5
6
7
8
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder (Tray2)  
Toner Cartridge  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
Tray1  
Drum Cartridge  
Front Cover  
NOTE: Extend the output tray extension to prevent the printed paper from falling off the printer.  
About the Printer  
29  
       
Rear View  
1
2
11  
10  
3
4
9
8
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
Left Side Cover  
Power Switch  
7
8
9
Chute  
Duplex Unit  
Transfer Unit  
Ethernet Port  
USB Port  
10 Fusing Unit  
Wireless Adapter Socket  
Power Connector  
11 Rear Cover  
30  
About the Printer  
 
Space Requirements  
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories, and for proper ventilation.  
400 mm/15.75 inches  
273 mm/10.75 inches  
400 mm/15.75 inches  
400 mm/15.75 inches  
410 mm/16.14 inches  
100 mm/3.94 inches  
438 mm/17.24 inches  
600 mm/23.62 inches  
Operator Panel  
For more information on the operator panel, see "About the Operator Panel."  
About the Printer  
31  
   
Additional Components  
Optional Accessories  
The following optional accessories are available for the printer.  
•
•
Wireless adapter  
Optional 550-sheet feeder  
Non-bundled Items  
The following items are required for connecting the printer to a computer or a network. Please purchase them as  
needed.  
•
•
USB cable  
Ethernet cable  
Securing the Printer  
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.  
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.  
Security Slot  
Security Slot  
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.  
32  
About the Printer  
       
Ordering Supplies  
You can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer. Enter the IP address of your printer in  
your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies  
at: to order toner or supplies for your printer.  
You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell by using the Dell Supplies Management  
System:  
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order Supplies button to open Order window.  
1
Double-click the icon on your desktop.  
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:  
a
Right-click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell Printers\Additional Color Laser  
Software\Reorder, where x:\abcis the location where the printer software is installed.  
b
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop (create shortcut) on the submenu.  
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start All Programs Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn Dell Supplies Management System  
.
2
Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link (www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies  
by phone.  
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag ready.  
For the location of your Service Tag, see "Express Service Code and Service Tag."  
About the Printer  
33  
 
34  
About the Printer  
Setting up the Printer (Printer  
Setup)  
5 Installing Optional Accessories................................................ 37  
6 Connecting Your Printer............................................................. 53  
7 Setting the IP Address ............................................................... 61  
8 Loading Paper.............................................................................. 65  
9 Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers............. 67  
10 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers.............. 79  
11 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS).......... 83  
35  
 
36  
5
Installing Optional Accessories  
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories. This chapter describes how to install  
the printer's options such as the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) and wireless adapter.  
Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
WARNING: If you install the optional 550-sheet feeder after setting up the printer, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the  
power cable, and disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer before starting this task.  
NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy  
Install, click Installation Video.  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.  
Remove the tape and the bag holding the screws.  
NOTE: Save the screws as you will need them later.  
Place the optional 550-sheet feeder in the same location that the printer is located.  
Gently pull open the MPF cover.  
3
4
5
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
6
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
Installing Optional Accessories  
37  
     
7
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
8
Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 550-sheet feeder with the holes at the bottom of the  
printer. Gently lower the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
WARNING: Two people are required to lift the printer.  
WARNING: Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
9
Secure the optional 550-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two screws provided with the feeder, using a  
coin or similar object.  
38  
Installing Optional Accessories  
10 Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
11 Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF cover.  
12 Re-connect all cables into the rear of the printer, and turn on the printer.  
NOTE: The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not detect the paper type.  
13 Print the printer settings report to confirm that the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed correctly.  
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."  
14 Confirm Tray2 (550 Sheet Feeder) is listed in the printer settings report under Printer Options  
.
If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and re-install the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
15 After loading paper in the optional 550-sheet feeder, specify the paper type from the operator panel.  
a
b
c
d
e
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Tray Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Tray 2is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Paper Typeis highlighted, and then press the  
button until the paper type for the optional 550-sheet feeder is displayed, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
f
Confirm that the selected paper type is highlighted, and then press the  
(Menu) button.  
16 If you installed the optional 550-sheet feeder after installing the printer driver, update your driver by following the  
instructions for each operating system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.  
Installing Optional Accessories  
39  
Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet Feeder  
When Using PCL Driver  
Microsoft® Windows® 8/  
Windows® 8 x64/  
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click  
®
Control Panel  
Server 2012 R2)  
Hardware and Sound  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows  
®
Windows® 8.1/  
Devices and Printers.  
Windows® 8.1 x64/  
Windows Server® 2012/  
Windows Server® 2012 R2  
2
3
4
5
6
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
.
.
.
.
®
Windows 7/  
1
2
3
4
5
6
.
®
Windows 7 x64/  
.
®
Windows Server 2008 R2 x64  
.
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
.
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound  
.
®
Windows Vista /  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Printers.  
®
Windows Vista x64  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
Click start Printers and Faxes  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
.
.
.
.
®
Windows Server 2008/  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Printers.  
®
Windows Server 2008 x64  
.
.
.
.
®
Windows Server 2003/  
1
2
3
4
5
6
.
®
Windows Server 2003 x64  
.
.
.
.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these  
steps:  
1
2
3
4
5
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Installable Options.  
Select Paper Tray Configuration in the Items list box.  
Select 2 Trays in the Paper Tray Configuration drop-down menu in Setting for  
.
Click OK  
.
Close the Devices and Printers (Printers, or Printers and Faxes) dialog box.  
40  
Installing Optional Accessories  
 
When Using PS Driver  
Windows® 8/  
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click  
®
Windows® 8 x64/  
Windows® 8.1/  
Control Panel  
Server 2012 R2)  
Hardware and Sound  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows  
®
Devices and Printers.  
Windows® 8.1 x64/  
Windows® Server 2012/  
Windows® Server 2012 R2  
2
3
4
5
6
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
.
.
.
.
®
Windows 7/  
1
2
3
4
5
6
.
®
Windows 7 x64/  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
.
®
Windows Server 2008 R2 x64  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
.
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
.
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound  
.
®
Windows Vista /  
Windows Vista x64  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Printers.  
®
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Printers and Faxes  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup  
Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
.
.
.
.
®
Windows Server 2008/  
Windows Server 2008 x64  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Printers.  
®
.
.
.
.
®
Windows Server 2003/  
Windows Server 2003 x64  
1
2
3
4
5
6
.
®
.
.
.
.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these  
steps:  
1
2
3
4
5
Click the Configuration tab, and then select Installable Options.  
Select Paper Tray Configuration in the Items list box.  
Select Tray2 in the Paper Tray Configuration drop-down menu in Setting for  
Click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers  
.
.
(Printers, or Printers and Faxes) dialog box.  
OS X 10.9.x/OS X 10.10.x  
1
2
3
Select Printers & Scanners in System Preferences  
Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies  
Select Options, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click  
OK  
.
.
.
Installing Optional Accessories  
41  
OS X 10.7.x/OS X 10.8.x  
1
2
3
Select Print & Scan in System Preferences  
Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies  
Select Driver, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click OK  
Select Print & Fax in System Preferences  
Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies  
Select Driver, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click OK  
.
.
.
Mac OS X 10.5.x/Mac OS 10.6.x  
1
2
3
.
.
.
When Using XML Paper Specification (XPS) Driver  
NOTE: The XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support Windows Server® 2003 and Windows Server® 2003 x64.  
®
Windows 8/  
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click  
®
®
Windows 8 x64/  
Control Panel  
Server 2012 R2)  
Hardware and Sound  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows  
®
®
Windows 8.1/  
Devices and Printers.  
®
Windows 8.1 x64/  
2
3
4
5
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray2 drop-down menu.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Printer properties  
Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray2 drop-down menu.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray2 drop-down menu.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
Click Start Control Panel  
Right-click the printer icon of the Dell Printer S2810dn, and then select Properties  
Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray2 drop-down menu.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
Close the Printers dialog box.  
.
®
Windows Server 2012/  
Windows Server 2012 R2  
®
.
®
Windows 7/  
1
2
3
4
5
.
®
Windows 7 x64/  
.
®
Windows Server 2008 R2 x64  
.
®
Windows Vista /  
Windows Vista x64  
1
2
3
4
5
Printers.  
®
.
.
®
Windows Server 2008/  
Windows Server 2008 x64  
1
2
3
4
5
Printers.  
®
.
.
42  
Installing Optional Accessories  
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
The wireless adapter allows you to use the printer with wireless network connection.  
The specifications of the wireless adapter are described below.  
Item  
Specification  
Connectivity Technology  
Compliant Standards  
Bandwidth  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n  
2.4 GHz  
Data Transfer Rate  
IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps  
Security  
64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,  
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES), WPA-Enterprise (TKIP, AES)*1  
WPA2-Enterprise (AES)*1  
,
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)*2  
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),  
Personal Identification Number (PIN)  
*1 EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.  
*2 WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK,  
WPA-PSK AES, WPA2-PSK AES, Open (No Security)  
NOTE: When the wireless adapter is installed, you cannot use IEEE 802.1x authentication and/or the Ethernet port for a wired  
connection.  
Verifying the Contents of the Box  
Installing the Optional  
Wireless Adapter  
Wireless Adapter  
Installing Optional Accessories  
43  
     
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. On Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation  
Video.  
1
2
3
Ensure that the printer is turned off.  
Ensure that the Ethernet cable is disconnected from the printer.  
Align the connector and the three protrusions of the wireless adapter with the four holes and insert the adapter.  
NOTE: Ensure that the adapter is fully inserted and secured.  
4
5
6
Turn on the printer.  
NOTE: If a message displays telling you to make initial setup on the LCD panel, always do as instructed.  
Print the printer settings report to confirm that the wireless adapter is installed correctly.  
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."  
Confirm that the Network (Wireless) section exists.  
7
Configure the wireless adapter to connect to a wireless network. For details, see "Configuring the Optional  
Wireless Adapter."  
44  
Installing Optional Accessories  
 
Determining the Wireless Network Settings  
You need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless printer. For details of the settings,  
contact your network administrator.  
Wireless Settings  
SSID  
Specifies the name that identifies the wireless network with up to 32  
alphanumeric characters.  
Network Mode  
Security  
Specifies the network mode from Ad-hoc or Infrastructure.  
Selects the encryption type from No Security, Mixed mode PSK*, WPA2-  
PSK-AES, and WEP.  
Security Settings  
Transmit Key  
WEP Key  
Specifies the transmit key from the list.  
Specifies the WEP key used through the wireless network only when WEP is  
selected as the encryption type.  
Passphrase  
Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63 bytes long  
and the hexadecimal characters of 64 bytes long only when Mixed mode  
PSK* or WPA2-PSK-AES is selected as the encryption type.  
*
Mixed mode PSK automatically selects an available encryption type from WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.  
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter  
This section describes how to configure a wireless adapter.  
You can select a method to configure a wireless adapter from the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wizard Setup through Dell Printer Easy Install  
*1*3  
WPS-PBC  
*2*3  
WPS-PIN  
Auto SSID Setup  
Manual SSID Setup  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
*1 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless  
configuration, by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-PBC setting on the  
operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS.  
*2 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless  
configuration, by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through access point, is available only  
when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.  
*3 WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK AES,  
WPA2-PSK AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)  
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter must be installed on the printer. For information on how to install a wireless adapter, see  
"Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."  
NOTE: If Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin  
Settingsmenu.  
NOTE: For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES, WPA2-Enterprise-AES, or Mixed Mode Enterprise, see "Using Digital  
Certificates."  
Installing Optional Accessories  
45  
   
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy  
Install program launches automatically.  
2
Click Main Menu  
.
3
4
5
Click Change.  
Select Configure the Wi-Fi settings, and then click Next  
.
Follow the on-screen instructions, and configure the wireless settings of the printer.  
46  
Installing Optional Accessories  
 
For WPS-PBC, WPS-PIN, Auto SSID Setup, Manual SSID Setup, and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see  
the following instructions.  
Configuring the Wireless Adapter Without Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
WPS-PBC  
You can start Push Button Configuration only from the operator panel.  
NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required  
for wireless configuration by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-  
PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS.  
NOTE: Before starting WPS-PBC, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless LAN access  
point. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless  
LAN access point.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Wi-Fiis highlighted, and then press the  
button until WPS Setupis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(
Ensure that Push Button Configurationis highlighted, and then press the  
Ensure that Startis highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that the message Please wait WPS Settingis displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless  
LAN access point (Registrar) within 2 minutes.  
8
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.  
WPS-PIN  
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.  
NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices  
required for wireless configuration by entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed through an  
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router support WPS.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Wi-Fiis highlighted, and then press the  
button until WPS Setupis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(
Ensure that PIN Codeis highlighted, and then press the  
Write down the displayed 8-digit PIN code or select Print PIN Code. The PIN code is printed.  
Ensure that Start Configurationis highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that the message Please wait WPS Settingis displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on step  
7 into the wireless LAN access point (Registrar).  
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access  
point.  
10 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.  
Installing Optional Accessories  
47  
     
Auto SSID Setup  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Wi-Fiis highlighted, and then press the  
(
button until Wi-Fi Setupis highlighted, and then press the  
The printer automatically searches the access points on wireless network.  
Press the button until the desired access point is highlighted, and then press the  
If the desired access point does not appear, go to "Manual SSID Setup."  
6
7
(Set) button.  
NOTE: Some hidden SSID may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the router.  
Enter the WEP key or pass phrase.  
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 6:  
•
Enter the WEP key, and then press the  
When the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA, WPA2 or Mixed in step 6:  
Enter the pass phrase, and then press the (Set) button.  
The Restart System screen appears.  
(Set) button.  
•
8
9
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.  
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.  
Manual SSID Setup  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Wi-Fiis highlighted, and then press the  
(
button until Wi-Fi Setupis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Manual Setupis highlighted, and then press the  
Enter the SSID, and then press the  
Select the network mode from Infrastructureand Ad-hocdepending on your environment, and then press  
the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
If you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 9.  
If you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 10.  
9
Select the encryption type from No Security  
If you do not set security for your wireless network:  
Press the button until No Securityis highlighted, and then press the  
To use Mixed mode PSK, or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption:  
,
Mixed mode PSK  
,
WPA2-PSK-AES, or WEP  
.
•
(Set) button.  
a
Press the  
button until Mixed mode PSKor WPA2-PSK-AESis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
b
Enter the passphrase, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
48  
Installing Optional Accessories  
   
To use WEP encryption:  
a
b
c
Press the  
button until WEPis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Enter the WEP key, and then press the  
Press the  
button to highlight the desired transmit key from Autoor WEP Key 1to WEP Key 4, and  
then press the  
(Set) button.  
Proceed to step 11.  
10 Select the encryption type from No Securityor WEP  
If you do not set security for your wireless network:  
Ensure that No Securityis highlighted, and then press the  
To use WEP encryption:  
.
•
(Set) button.  
a
b
c
Press the  
button until WEPis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button to highlight the desired transmit key from WEP Key 1to WEP Key 4, and then press  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Enter the WEP key, and then press the  
Press the  
the  
11 The Restart System screen appears.  
12 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.  
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
NOTE: For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES, WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise, see "Using Digital  
Certificates."  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off and the wireless adapter is connected to the printer.  
Connect the printer to the network with an Ethernet cable.  
For details about how to connect the Ethernet cable, see "Connecting to a Computer or a Network."  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Turn on the printer.  
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.  
Click Print Server Settings  
Click Print Server Settings tab.  
Click Wi-Fi  
.
.
Enter the SSID in the SSID text box.  
Select Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure in the Network Type drop-down list box.  
10 Select the encryption type from No Security WEP, WPA-PSK-AES/WEP2-PSK AES, and Mixed Mode PSK in  
,
the Encryption drop-down list box, and then set each item for the encryption type selected.  
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."  
11 Click Apply New Settings to apply the settings.  
12 Turn off the printer, disconnect the Ethernet cable and turn it on again.  
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.  
Installing Optional Accessories  
49  
 
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings  
To change the wireless settings from your computer, perform the following.  
NOTE: To change the wireless settings through wireless connection, ensure that the wireless connection setting is completed  
in "Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter."  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
NOTE: The following settings are available when the network mode is set to infrastructure in "Configuring the Optional Wireless  
Adapter."  
1
2
Check the IP address of the printer.  
For details about how to check the IP address of the printer, see "Verifying the IP Settings."  
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.  
3
4
5
6
7
8
Click Print Server Settings  
Click Print Server Settings tab.  
Click Wi-Fi  
.
.
Change the wireless settings of the printer.  
Reboot the printer.  
Change the wireless settings on your computer or access point accordingly.  
NOTE: To change the wireless settings on your computer, refer to the manuals provided with the wireless adapter or if  
your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless settings using that tool.  
50  
Installing Optional Accessories  
   
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy  
Install program launches automatically.  
2
3
Click Main Menu  
.
Click Change  
.
The Configure Printer window appears.  
4
Select Configure the Wi-Fi settings, and then click Next.  
5
Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless setting of the printer.  
Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Configuration Tool  
1
Click Start  
The Configure Printer window of the Dell Printer Easy Install program appears.  
Select Configure the wireless network settings, and click Next  
Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless setting of the printer.  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Configuration Tool.  
2
3
.
Installing Optional Accessories  
51  
   
52  
Installing Optional Accessories  
6
Connecting Your Printer  
To connect your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn to a computer or device, the following specification must be met  
for each of the connection type:  
Connection type  
Ethernet  
Connection specifications  
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-T  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n  
USB 2.0  
Wireless (optional)  
USB  
1
2
3
1
2
Ethernet port  
USB port  
3
Wireless adapter socket  
Connecting Your Printer  
53  
   
Turning on the Printer  
WARNING: Do not use extension cords or power strips.  
WARNING: The printer should not be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system.  
NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy  
Install, click Installation Video.  
1
Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer, and then to a power source.  
2
Turn on the printer. When the printer is connected via a USB cable, the USB driver is automatically installed.  
Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel  
You need to set the printer language, time zone, clock date, and time when you turn on the printer for the first time.  
When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on the operator panel. Follow  
the steps below to set the initial settings.  
NOTE: If you do not start configuring the initial settings, the printer automatically restarts in 3 minutes. After that, you can set the  
following initial setup by enabling Power on Wizardon the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool if  
needed.  
For more information on operator panel, see "Operator Panel."  
For more information on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see  
The Please Select Language appears. Press the button until the desired language is highlighted, and then  
press the (Set) button.  
"Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."  
1
English  
Français  
Italiano  
Deutsch  
Español  
Dansk  
Nederlands  
Norsk  
54  
Connecting Your Printer  
   
Svenska  
The Please Select Time Zone appears. Press the  
2
button until the desired time zone is highlighted, and then  
press the  
(Set) button.  
UTC -12:00  
UTC -11:00  
UTC -10:00  
UTC -09:00  
UTC -08:00  
UTC -07:00  
UTC -06:00  
Midway Island, Niue, Samoa  
Adak, Hawaii, Tahiti, Cook Islands  
Alaska, Gambier Islands  
Pacific Time (US & Canada), Pitcairn Islands, Tijuana  
Arizona, Chihuahua, Dawson Creek, Mazatlan, Sonora, Mountain Time (US & Canada)  
Cancun, Central America, Central Time (US & Canada), Easter Island, Galapagos Islands, Mexico City,  
Monterrey, Saskatchewan  
UTC -05:00  
UTC -04:00  
Atikokan, Bogota, Cayman Islands, Eastern Time (US & Canada), Grand Turk, Jamaica, Lima, Panama, Port-au-  
Prince, Quito, Resolute, Havana  
Asuncion, Atlantic Time (Canada), Bermuda, Blanc-Sablon, Caribbean Islands, Cuiaba, Georgetown, La Paz,  
Manaus, Palmer Archipelago, Santiago, Stanley, Thule  
UTC -03:30  
UTC -03:00  
UTC -02:00  
UTC -01:00  
UTC 00:00  
UTC +01:00  
St. John's  
Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Cayenne, Greenland, Miquelon, Montevideo, Paramaribo, Rothera  
Noronha, South Georgia Island  
Azores, Scoresbysund, Cape Verde  
Accra, Bamako, Casablanca, Dakar, Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London, Nouakchott, Reykjavik  
Algiers, Amsterdam, Belgrade, Berlin, Bratislava, Brussels, Budapest, Copenhagen, Douala, Libreville, Luanda,  
Madrid, Paris, Prague, Rome, Sarajevo, Skopje, Stockholm, Tunis, Vienna, Warsaw, Zagreb, Windhoek  
UTC +02:00  
UTC +03:00  
Amman, Athens, Beirut, Bucharest, Cairo, Damascus, Harare, Helsinki, Istanbul, Jerusalem, Johannesburg,  
Kaliningrad, Kiev, Kinshasa, Minsk, Nicosia, Riga, Sofia, Tripoli, Palestine  
Addis Ababa, Aden, Antananarivo, Baghdad, Comoro Islands, Khartoum, Mayotte, Mogadishu, Moscow,  
Nairobi, Qatar, Riyadh, Syowa  
UTC +03:30  
UTC +04:00  
UTC +04:30  
UTC +05:00  
UTC +05:30  
UTC +05:45  
UTC +06:00  
UTC +06:30  
UTC +07:00  
UTC +08:00  
Tehran  
Baku, Dubai, Mahe, Mauritius, Muscat, Reunion, Samara, Tbilisi, Yerevan  
Kabul  
Aqtau, Aqtobe, Ashgabat, Ekaterinburg, Karachi, Maldives, Samarkand, Kerguelen  
Colombo, Kolkata  
Kathmandu  
Almaty, Bishkek, Chagos, Dhaka, Mawson, Omsk, Thimphu, Vostok, Novosibirsk  
Cocos Islands, Yangon (Rangoon)  
Bangkok, Christmas Island, Davis, Ho Chi Minh, Hovd, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk  
Casey, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Irkutsk, Kuala Lumpur, Makassar, Manila, Perth, Shanghai, Singapore, Taipei,  
Ulaan Baatar  
UTC +09:00  
UTC +09:30  
UTC +10:00  
Dili, Jayapura, Palau, Pyongyang, Seoul, Tokyo, Yakutsk  
Adelaide, Darwin  
Brisbane, Dumont d'Urville, Guam, Hobart, Lindeman, Melbourne, Port Moresby, Saipan, Sydney, Vladivostok,  
Sakhalin,  
UTC +11:00  
UTC +12:00  
UTC +13:00  
Efate, Guadalcanal, Kosrae, Magadan  
Anadyr, Auckland, Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Islands, McMurdo  
Tongatapu  
Connecting Your Printer  
55  
3
4
Please Enter Date appears. Specify the date, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Please Enter Time appears. Specify the time, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The printer automatically restarts after selecting the  
(Set) button.  
Connecting to a Computer or a Network  
NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy  
Install, click Installation Video.  
NOTE: Before making connections, be sure to turn off the printer.  
Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection)  
A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using the USB cable. If your printer is  
connected to a network instead of your computer, skip this section and go to "Connecting to a Network Using the  
Ethernet Cable."  
1
Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the rear of the printer.  
1
1
1
USB port  
NOTE: Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol on the printer.  
2
Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.  
CAUTION: Do not connect the printer USB cable to a USB port located on the keyboard.  
56  
Connecting Your Printer  
     
Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable  
1
Connect the Ethernet cable.  
1
1
1
Ethernet port  
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the rear of  
the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or hub. To setup a wireless connection, insert the wireless adapter into  
the wireless adapter socket on the back of the printer.  
For a wireless connection, see "Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."  
NOTE: To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.  
Setting up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows Only)  
NOTE: To set up the printer connected with Macintosh computers or Linux computers, see "Installing Printer Drivers on  
Macintosh Computers" or "Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)" respectively.  
Basic Setup  
To set up the printer, you can use the Dell Printer Easy Install program on the computer running a Microsoft  
Windowsoperating system. The program will automatically configure the printer based on the connection method  
between the computer and the printer, and install the drivers and software to your computer.  
Before starting the basic setup, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connection as follows:  
To set up the printer using the wireless connection, connect the optional wireless adapter and disconnect the  
Ethernet cable from the printer. The printer will be connected to the same wireless network that the computer used  
is currently connected.  
To set up the printer using the Ethernet connection, connect the Ethernet cable to the printer.  
To set up the printer using the USB connection, connect the USB cable to the printer.  
NOTE: Before making connections, be sure to turn off the printer.  
NOTE: In the basic setup, you cannot set up the printer using the USB connection where the wireless network is available. In  
this case, set up the printer following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."  
NOTE: For Windows Vista®, the wireless connection settings cannot be done in the basic setup. To set up the printer following  
the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."  
Connecting Your Printer  
57  
     
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer.  
The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically.  
NOTE: If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.  
®
®
For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click Start Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog  
box, and then click OK  
.
®
®
For Windows Vista and Windows  
Click Start All Programs Accessories Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the  
optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK  
7
.
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2  
Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search Type Runin the search box, click Apps (for  
®
®
Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 only), and then click Run Type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is  
the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK  
.
2
3
Turn on the printer.  
Wait until the screen changes or click Next  
.
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.  
4
5
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.  
Eject the Software and Documentation disc.  
If the Main Menu of Dell Printer Easy Install Appears Without Starting or Completing the Basic Setup  
Set up the printer following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method."  
Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method  
You can set up the printer, specifying the connection method other than the one used in the basic setup.  
Before starting the setup procedure below, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connection  
as described in "Basic Setup."  
58  
Connecting Your Printer  
 
1
2
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer.  
The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically.  
Click Main Menu  
.
The Main Menu screen appears.  
3
4
Turn on the printer.  
Click Setup  
.
5
6
7
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.  
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.  
Eject the Software and Documentation disc.  
Connecting Your Printer  
59  
60  
Connecting Your Printer  
7
Setting the IP Address  
Assigning an IP Address  
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited by a period and can include up to  
three digits in each section, for example, 111.222.33.44.  
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select  
Dual Stack.  
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask (for IPv4 only), and gateway address.  
CAUTION: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues.  
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system administrator.  
NOTE: When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To display the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the link-local address. To confirm the link-local address, print a printer settings report and  
check the Link-Local Address under Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless).  
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."  
NOTE: If Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin  
Settingsmenu.  
When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy  
Install program launches automatically.  
2
Click Main Menu  
.
Setting the IP Address  
61  
       
3
Click Change.  
The Configure Printer window opens.  
4
Select Configure the IP address settings, and then click Next  
.
5
Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.  
When Using the Operator Panel  
For more information on using the operator panel, see  
"
Operator Panel."  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
button until TCP/IPis highlighted, and then press the  
button until IPv4is highlighted, and then press the  
button until Get IP Addressis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Panelis highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
NOTE: If the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restartis displayed, press the  
Back button.  
(Set) button.  
(
)
8
9
Press the  
Press the  
(Back) button.  
button until IP Addressis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.  
62  
Setting the IP Address  
 
10 Use the number pad to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then Press the  
button.  
The cursor moves to the next digit.  
NOTE: You can only enter one octet at a time and must press the  
11 Enter the rest of the octets, and then press the (Set) button.  
NOTE: If the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restartis displayed, press the  
Back button.  
button after entering each octet.  
(
)
12 Press the  
(Back) button.  
13 Press the  
button until Subnet Maskis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
14 Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set Subnet Mask.  
NOTE: If the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restartis displayed, press the  
(
Back button.  
)
15 Press the  
(Back) button.  
16 Press the  
button until Gateway Addressis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
17 Repeat steps 10 to 12 to set the Gateway Address.  
18 Turn off the printer and then turn it on again.  
When Using the Tool Box  
1
Click Start  
The Tool Box opens.  
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Tool Box.  
2
3
Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.  
4
5
Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway  
Address.  
Click Apply New Settings to take effect.  
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers with the installer. When you use the  
Wireless or Ethernet Connection feature, and the Get IP Addressis set to AutoIPor DHCPon the printer, you  
can set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection window.  
Setting the IP Address  
63  
 
Verifying the IP Settings  
You can confirm the settings by using the operator panel, printing the printer settings report, or using the ping  
command.  
Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
button until TCP/IPis highlighted, and then press the  
button until IPv4is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.  
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report  
1
Print the printer settings report.  
For details about how to print a printer settings report, see "Report / List."  
2
Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in the printer settings report under  
Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless)  
.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0(the factory default), an IP address has not been assigned. To assign one for your  
printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."  
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command  
Send a ping request to the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command prompt on a network  
computer, type "ping" followed by the new IP address (for example, 192.168.0.11):  
ping 192.168.0.11  
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.  
64  
Setting the IP Address  
         
8
Loading Paper  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.  
NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy  
Install, click Installation Video.  
1
Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm.  
2
Hold the tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
3
Adjust the paper guides.  
NOTE: Extend the front side of the tray when you load Legal-size paper.  
Loading Paper  
65  
   
4
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
5
6
Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.  
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.  
Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.  
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides and slide the extendable part of the tray by  
pinching the length guide and sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.  
7
After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the printer.  
NOTE: If the front side of the tray is extended, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into the printer.  
8
9
On the operator panel, press the  
or  
button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Press the  
or  
button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
NOTE: Set the same paper size and type as the actual paper being loaded. An error may occur if the paper size or type  
setting is different from the loaded paper.  
66  
Loading Paper  
9
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status  
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of your printer by performing one of the  
procedures in "Verifying the IP Settings."  
Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer  
If you are running one of the following operating systems, you must change the firewall settings before installing the  
Dell™ printer software:  
®
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows Vista  
®
Windows  
Windows  
7
8
®
®
Windows 8.1  
®
Windows Server 2008  
®
Windows Server 2008 R2  
®
Windows Server 2012  
®
Windows Server 2012 R2  
The following procedure uses Windows® 7 as an example.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.  
Click Start Control Panel  
Select System and Security  
Click Allow a program through Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings Allow another program  
Check Browse  
Type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the File name text box, and  
then click Open  
Click Add, and then click OK  
.
.
.
.
.
.
8
.
Starting Dell Printer Easy Install  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy  
Install program launches automatically.  
NOTE: If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.  
®
®
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click start Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog  
box, and then click OK  
.
®
®
For Windows Vista and Windows  
Click Start All Programs Accessories  
the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK  
7
Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
67  
         
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2  
Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search Type Runin the search box, click Apps (for  
Type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D is  
®
®
Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 only), and then click Run  
the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK  
.
2
Click Main Menu  
.
The main menu window appears.  
USB Cable Connection Setup  
NOTE: If you are connecting the printer to a network, see "Network Connection Setup."  
For installing PCL and PS printer driver  
1
2
Start the Dell Printer Easy Install program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install."  
In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Connect  
.
68  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
 
3
Select USB Cable Connection, and then click Next.  
4
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable, and then turn the  
printer on.  
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to the next page automatically.  
5
6
Select either Typical Installation (recommended) or Custom Installation from the installation wizard, and then  
click Next. If you select Custom Installation, you can select the specific software you want to install.  
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.  
If you want to verify installation, click Print Test Page before clicking Finish  
.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista®, Windows  
Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7,  
Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2.  
NOTE: If you are using Windows Vista® or Windows Server® 2008, you need to install Service Pack 2 or later, and then the  
Windows Platform Update (KB971644). The update (KB971644) is available for download from Windows® Update.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
69  
Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition  
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a local printer  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
.
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. To use this  
printer as the default printer, select the check box displayed under the Printer name, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
11 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
12 Click Finish  
.
Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.  
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a local printer  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
.
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
.
.
12 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
14 Click Finish  
.
70  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server® 2008 R2  
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click Add a local or network printer as an administrator  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
Devices and Printers.  
.
®
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired  
action.  
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click Add a local printer  
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
.
.
12 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012,  
or Windows Server® 2012 R2  
1
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
.
®
®
Click Hardware and Sound  
Printers Add a printer  
Click The printer that I want isn’t listed  
Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2)  
Devices and  
.
4
5
6
7
8
9
.
.
Select the port connected to your printer, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. Installation  
starts.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
71  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Network Connection Setup  
For installing PCL and PS printer driver  
1
2
Start the Dell Printer Easy Install program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install."  
In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Connect  
.
3
Select Wireless or Ethernet Connection, and then click Next.  
4
Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click Next. If the target printer is not displayed  
on the list, click the (Refresh) button to refresh the list or click add printer manually to add a printer to the list  
manually. You may specify the IP address and port name at this point.  
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the I am setting up this printer on a server check  
box.  
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0is displayed in the installer. Before you can continue, you must enter a valid IP  
address.  
72  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
 
NOTE: In some cases, Windows Security Alert is displayed in this step when you use Windows Vista®, Windows Vista®  
64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7,  
Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2. In this case, select Unblock (Allow access for Windows Server® 2008 R2  
and Windows® 7), and then continue the procedure.  
5
Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.  
a
b
c
d
Enter the printer name.  
If you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the Set this printer as default check box.  
If you want to install the PostScript 3 Compatible printer driver, select the PS Driver check box.  
If you want other users on the network to access the printer, click Advanced check box and select Share this  
printer with other computers on the network, and then enter a share name that users can identify.  
6
7
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click Install. If you want to change the  
installation destination, click Change Destination Folder and specify a new location.  
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.  
If you want to verify installation, click Print Test Page before clicking Finish  
.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista®, Windows  
Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7,  
Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2.  
Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition  
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click  
Next  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
10 Click OK  
11 Select your printer name and click Next  
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
.
.
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
Installation starts.  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
73  
Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.  
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click  
Next  
.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
10 Click OK  
11 Select your printer name and click Next  
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
.
.
.
.
14 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
16 Click Finish  
Windows Server® 2008 R2  
.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
Devices and Printers.  
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer by name or TCP/IP address screen appears. Find your  
printer on the screen.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the  
desired action.  
74  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
6
7
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
.
.
12 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
14 Click Finish  
Windows® 7 or Windows® 7 64-bit Edition  
.
1
Extract the following zip file to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Devices and Printers.  
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click  
Next  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired  
action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
10 Click OK  
11 Select your printer name and click Next  
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next  
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it  
.
.
.
.
.
14 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.  
16 Click Finish  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
75  
®
®
®
®
®
Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, Windows 8.1, Windows 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2012, or  
®
Windows Server 2012 R2  
1
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_S2810dn.zip(where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)  
2
3
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
.
®
®
Click Hardware and Sound  
Printers Add a printer  
Click The printer that I want isn’t listed  
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP or host name, and then click Next  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device Type, and enter the IP address in the Hostname or IP address box, and then  
click Next  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2)  
Devices and  
.
4
5
6
.
.
.
7
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
Click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. Installation  
starts.  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer  
so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. To use this printer as the default  
printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer without leaving your  
desk. You can view and/or change the printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering  
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering supplies.  
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the printer is directly connected to a computer or a print  
server.  
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. The printer  
configuration appears on the screen.  
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail when the printer needs supplies or  
intervention.  
To set up e-mail alerts:  
1
2
3
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Click E-Mail Server Settings Overview link.  
Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway  
address in the e-mail list box.  
Click Apply New Settings  
,
Reply Address, and your or key operator's e-mail  
4
.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed on the SMTP server until an error occurs.  
76  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
Setting Up for Shared Printing  
You can share your USB connected printer with other computers (clients) on the same network.  
To share your USB connected printer, enable shared printing when installing the printer driver. You can also enable  
shared printing by following the procedures below.  
NOTE: Printer utilities such as Status Monitor cannot be used from a network client.  
Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer  
Windows Server® 2003 or Windows Server® 2003 x64 Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
Click start  
Printers and Faxes.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Properties  
.
On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.  
Click OK  
.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating system CD.  
Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing  
Click Change sharing options  
The message Windows needs your permission to continue appears.  
Click Continue  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
.
.
4
5
6
7
.
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.  
Click OK  
.
Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
Control Panel  
Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing  
.
Click Change Sharing Options if exists.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.  
Click OK  
.
Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server® 2008 R2  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Devices and Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties  
.
On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
4
5
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
77  
   
Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, or Windows  
Server® 2012 R2  
1
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
Hardware  
®
®
and Sound  
Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties  
On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2)  
Devices and Printers.  
2
3
4
5
6
.
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.  
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
.
Checking the Shared Printer  
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:  
•
Ensure that the printer object in the Printers Printers and Faxes, or Devices and Printers folder is shared. The  
shared icon is shown under the printer icon.  
,
•
From a network client, browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server and the shared  
name you assigned to the printer.  
After you have checked that the printer is shared, use methods such as Windows Point and Print to use the shared  
printer from a network client.  
NOTE: If the OS bit editions (32/64 bit edition) differ between a print server and a client computer, you need to manually add the  
printer driver for the client computer edition on the server. Otherwise, the printer driver cannot be installed on the client  
computer using methods such as Point and Print. For example, if the print server runs on Windows Vista® 32-bit edition, while  
the client computer runs on Windows® 7 64-bit edition, follow the procedures below to additionally install the printer driver for  
64-bit client on the 32-bit server.  
a
Click Additional Drivers on the screen for sharing printers.  
For details about how to display this screen, see "Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer."  
b
c
d
Select the x64 check box, and then click OK.  
Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.  
Click Browse to specify the folder that contains the 64-bit OS driver, and then click OK  
Installation starts.  
.
78  
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers  
 
10  
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
Installing the Drivers and Software  
1
2
3
Run the Software and Documentation disc on the Macintosh computer.  
Double-click the Dell S2810dn Installer icon, and then click Continue  
When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program included in the installation package, click  
Continue  
.
.
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click Continue on the Important Information screen.  
Select a language for the Software License Agreement screen.  
After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue  
.
If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to continue the installation process.  
Confirm the installation location.  
Click Install to perform the standard installation.  
If you want to select a custom installation, click Customize to select items that you want to install.  
•
•
Dell Printer S2810dn Driver  
Dell Printer Status Monitor  
10 For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Type the administrator's name and password, and then click OK  
For OS X 10.7, 10.8, OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Type the administrator's name and password, and then click  
Install Software  
11 When the installation is complete, click Close  
.
.
.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10  
When Using a USB connection  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.  
The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.  
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and the printer.  
3
4
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan  
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners  
Click the Plus (+) sign, select Add Printer or Scanner  
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select IP  
.
.
.
(
Add Other Printer or Scanner for OS X 10.7), and select IP  
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
79  
       
5
6
7
Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.  
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7: Select Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X for Print Using  
.
For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10: Select Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X for Use  
.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
8
9
Click Add  
.
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue  
.
10 For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.  
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Scan dialog box.  
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.  
When Using Bonjour  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer  
and the printer.  
3
4
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan  
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners  
Click the Plus (+) sign, select Add Printer or Scanner Add Other Printer or Scanner for OS X 10.7), and select  
Default  
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select Default  
.
.
.
(
.
.
5
6
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Name (Printer Name for Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and  
OS X 10.7) list.  
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7: Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10: Name and Use are automatically entered.  
NOTE: If "AirPrint Printer" is automatically selected for Print Using (or Use), select "Dell Printer S2810dn v3012 PS vX.X"  
manually.  
7
8
9
Click Add  
.
Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue  
.
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.  
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Scan dialog box.  
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.  
Configuring Settings  
All the optional accessories are verified as installed  
.
1
For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan  
.
.
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners  
.
80  
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
 
2
3
Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies  
For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, and OS X 10.8: Select Driver, and select the options that have been  
installed in the printer, and then click OK  
For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Select Options, and select the options that have been installed in the printer, and  
then click OK  
.
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
81  
82  
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers  
11  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing  
System) on Red Hat®Enterprise Linux® 6 (32/64bit) Desktop or SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32/64bit),  
or Ubuntu 12.04 LTS (32/64bit).  
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop  
Setup Overview  
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:  
1
2
3
4
Install the printer driver.  
Set up the print queue.  
Specify the default queue.  
Specify the printing options.  
Installing the Printer Driver  
1
2
Select Applications  
System Tools  
Terminal.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
For the 32-bit architecture  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-  
S2810dn-*.*-*.i686.rpm  
For the 64-bit architecture  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm –ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-  
S2810dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm  
The printer driver is installed.  
Setting Up the Queue  
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.  
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:  
1
2
3
4
Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.  
Click Administration  
Click Add Printer  
Type rootas the user name, type the administrator password, and click OK  
.
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
83  
           
For network connections:  
a
Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and click Continue  
Type the IP address of the printer in Connection, and click Continue  
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx(the IP address of the printer)  
For USB connections:  
Select Dell Printer S2810dn from the Local Printers menu, and click Continue  
Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add Printer window, and click Continue  
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.  
Select Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS from the Model menu, and click Add Printer  
The setup is complete.  
.
b
.
a
.
5
6
.
.
Printing From the Applications  
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the  
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box.  
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla).  
In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on  
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."  
Setting the Default Queue  
1
2
Select Applications  
System Tools  
Terminal.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
lpadmin -d(Type the queue name)  
Specifying the Printing Options  
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.  
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.  
Click Administration  
Click Manage Printers  
.
.
Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.  
Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu.  
Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click Set Default Options  
.
The message Printer xxx default options have been set successfully. appears.  
The setting is complete.  
84  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
   
Uninstalling the Printer Driver  
1
2
Select Applications  
System Tools  
Terminal.  
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)  
3
4
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm -e Dell-Printer-S2810dn  
The printer driver is uninstalled.  
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11  
Setup Overview  
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:  
1
2
3
4
Install the printer driver.  
Set up the print queue.  
Specify the default queue.  
Specify the printing options.  
Installing the Printer Driver  
1
2
Select Computer  
More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
For the 32-bit architecture  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-  
S2810dn-*.*-*.i686.rpm  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
85  
       
For the 64-bit architecture  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm –ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-Printer-  
S2810dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm  
The printer driver is installed.  
Setting Up the Queue  
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.  
1
2
Select Computer  
More Applications..., and select YaST on the Application Browser.  
Type the administrator password, and click Continue  
.
YaST Control Center is activated.  
3
Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer  
.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.  
For network connections:  
a
b
Click Add  
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.  
Click Connection Wizard  
The Connection Wizard dialog box opens.  
Select Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via  
Type the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:  
Select Dell in the Select the printer manufacturer: drop-down menu.  
Click OK  
.
.
c
d
e
f
.
.
.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box appears.  
g
h
Select Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS [Dell/Dell_Printer-S2810dn.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list.  
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:  
.
Confirm the settings, and click OK  
.
For USB connections:  
a
Click Add.  
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.  
The printer name is displayed in the Determine Connection list.  
Select Dell Printer S2810dn vx.x PS [Dell/Dell_Printer-S2810dn.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list.  
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.  
b
c
Confirm the settings, and click OK  
.
86  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
 
Printing From the Applications  
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the  
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box.  
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla).  
In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on  
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."  
Setting the Default Queue  
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.  
1
2
Select Computer  
More Applications..., and select YaST on the Application Browser.  
Type the administrator password, and click Continue  
.
YaST Control Center is activated.  
3
4
Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer  
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.  
Click Edit  
.
.
A dialog box to modify the specified queue opens.  
5
6
7
Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.  
Select the Default Printer check box.  
Confirm the settings, and click OK  
.
Specifying the Printing Options  
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Open a web browser.  
Type http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press <Enter>.  
Click Manage Printers  
Click Set Printer Options of the printer for which you want to specify the printing options.  
Specify the required settings, and click Set Printer Options  
Type rootas the user name, type the administrator password, and click OK  
.
.
.
NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If you have not set it, go to  
"Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator."  
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.  
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
87  
   
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator  
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do operations as the printer administrator.  
1
2
Select ComputerMore Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
lppasswd -g sys -a root  
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after  
the Enter password prompt.)  
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after  
the Enter password again prompt.)  
Uninstalling the Printer Driver  
1
2
Select Computer  
More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.  
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)  
3
4
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
su  
(Type the administrator password)  
rpm -e Dell-Printer-S2810dn  
The printer driver is uninstalled.  
Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS  
Setup Overview  
1
2
3
4
Install the printer driver.  
Set up the print queue.  
Specify the default queue.  
Specify the printing options.  
Installing the Printer Driver  
1
2
Click Dash Home, and enter terminalin the Search text box.  
Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.  
88  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
         
3
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
For the 32-bit architecture  
sudo dpkg –i(Type the file path)/dell-printer-S2810dn-  
x.y-z_i386.deb  
(Type the administrator password)  
For the 64-bit architecture  
sudo dpkg –i(Type the file path)/dell-printer-S2810dn-  
x.y-z_amd64.deb  
(Type the administrator password)  
The printer driver is installed.  
Setting Up the Queue  
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.  
1
2
3
4
5
Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.  
Click Administration  
Click Add Printer  
.
.
Type the user name and the administrator password, and click OK.  
Select either of the following according to the type of your printer connection.  
For network connections:  
a
Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and click Continue  
Type the IP address of the printer in Connection, and click Continue  
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx(the IP address of the printer)  
For USB connections:  
Select Dell Printer S2810dn from the Local Printers menu, and click Continue  
Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add Printer window, and click Continue  
.
b
.
a
.
6
.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.  
If you want to share the printer, select the Share This Printer check box.  
7
8
Select Dell from the Make menu, and click Continue  
Select Dell Printer S2810dn vXXXX PS from the Model menu, and click Add Printer  
The setup is complete.  
.
.
Printing From the Applications  
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the  
application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box. However, sometimes you can print only from the default  
queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you  
want to print to as the default queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default  
Queue."  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
89  
 
Setting the Default Queue  
1
2
3
Click Dash Home, and enter terminalin the Search text box.  
Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
sudo lpadmin -d(Type the queue name)  
(Type the administrator password)  
Specifying the Printing Options  
You can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.  
Click Administration  
Click Manage Printers  
.
.
Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.  
Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu.  
Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click Set Default Options  
.
The message Printer xxx default options have been set successfully. appears.  
The setting is complete.  
Uninstalling the Printer Driver  
1
2
3
Click Dash Home, and enter terminalin the Search text box.  
Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.  
Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.  
sudo /usr/sbin/lpadmin -x(Type the print queue name)  
(Type the administrator password)  
4
5
Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.  
Type the following command in the terminal window.  
sudo dpkg –r Dell-Printer-S2810dn  
(Type the administrator password)  
The printer driver is uninstalled.  
90  
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)  
     
Using Your Printer  
12 Operator Panel ............................................................................ 93  
13 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool..................................... 97  
14 Understanding the Printer Menus.......................................... 135  
15 Print Media Guidelines............................................................. 175  
16 Loading Print Media ................................................................. 181  
91  
 
92  
12  
Operator Panel  
About the Operator Panel  
The operator panel has a 4-line LCD panel, a status LED, control buttons, and a number pad, which allows you to  
control the printer.  
1
2
3
10  
4
4
3
5
9
8
6
7
1
Ready / Error LED  
•
•
Shows a green light when the printer is ready and a blinking green light when data is being received.  
Shows an amber light when an error occurs and a blinking amber light when an unrecoverable print error  
occurs.  
2
3
4
5
6
7
LCD Panel  
•
•
•
•
Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.  
button  
Moves the cursor or highlight up or down.  
button  
Moves the cursor or highlight right or left.  
(Cancel) button  
Cancels active or pending jobs.  
Number Pad  
•
•
Enters numbers and characters.  
(Power Saver) button  
Enters or exits the Power Saver mode. When the machine is not used for a while, it enters the Power Saver  
mode to reduce power consumption. When the Power Saver mode is active, the Power Saver button blinks.  
NOTE: When the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet or Wireless and Power Off Timeris set to Auto  
Detect, the printer will not turn off automatically. To use the Power Off Timer feature with a network connected printer, set  
Power Off Timerto On  
.
Operator Panel  
93  
       
8
9
(Back) button  
•
•
•
Returns to the previous screen.  
(Menu) button  
Moves to the top level of the menu.  
(Set) button  
10  
Confirms the entry of values.  
NOTE: Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting. Be sure to press the  
(Set) button to save the current entry or setting.  
Using the Number Pad  
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter characters and numbers. For example, when you enter the  
password or when you setup wireless network.  
Number Pad Letters and Numbers  
Key  
1
Assigned numbers, letters or characters  
1 @ . _ - (space) \ & ( ) ! " # $ % ' ~ ^ | ` ; : ? , + * / = [ ] { } < >  
2
a b c A B C 2  
d e f D E F 3  
g h i G H I 4  
j k l J K L 5  
3
4
5
6
m n o M N O 6  
p q r s P Q R S 7  
t u v T U V 8  
w x y z W X Y Z 9  
0
7
8
9
0
@ . _ -  
#
(space) \ & ( )  
Changing Numbers or Names  
If you make a mistake while entering a number, press the  
Then enter the correct number or character.  
(Cancel) button to delete the last digit or character.  
Printing a Panel Settings Report  
The panel settings report shows current settings for the printer menus. For details about how to print a panel settings  
report, see "Report / List."  
94  
Operator Panel  
       
Changing the Language  
To change the language used on the LCD panel:  
When Using the Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Panel Languageis highlighted, and then press the  
button until the desired language is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
When Using the Tool Box  
1
Click Start  
The Tool Box opens.  
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Tool Box.  
2
3
Select Panel Language from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Panel Language page appears.  
4
Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then click Apply New Settings.  
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option  
You can set the power saver timer for the printer. The printer enters the power saver mode when the printer is not  
used for a certain period of time. If the Power Off Timeris set to Auto Detector On, the printer  
automatically turns off after a specified period of time passes in deep sleep mode.  
NOTE: If Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin  
Settingsmenu.  
NOTE: Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
NOTE: When the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet or Wireless and Power Off Timeris set to Auto  
Detect, the printer will not turn off automatically. To use the Power Off Timer feature with a network connected printer, set  
Power Off Timerto On  
.
To set the power saver timer:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until System Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that Power Saver Timeris highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until the desired setting is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
or button or enter the desired value using the number pad, and then press the  
Press the  
Press the  
button.  
(Set)  
You can specify from 1 to 60 minutes for Sleepor 1 to 60 minutes for Deep Sleep  
You can specify from 60 to 1440 minutes for Power Off Timer, if you set Power Off Timerto Auto  
Detector On  
To return to the top menu, press the  
.
.
(Menu) button.  
Operator Panel  
95  
       
96  
Operator Panel  
13  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Overview  
NOTE: This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network using an Ethernet cable or the wireless printer  
adapter.  
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail Server settings, which sends e-mail to you  
or the key operator when the printer needs supplies or intervention.  
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the printers in your area, use the Printer  
Information feature in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the  
network to display the asset tag number.  
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change the printer settings and keep track of  
printing trends. If you are a network administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the  
network using your web browser.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
97  
     
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Follow the procedures below to configure both the environment settings of your web browser and the operator panel  
before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed unreadable if the pages were configured by the  
language different from the language of your web browser.  
Setting Up From Web Browser  
For Internet Explorer®  
Setting Up the Display Language  
1
2
3
Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.  
Select Languages in the General tab.  
Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.  
For example:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Italian (Italy) [it-IT]  
Spanish  
German  
(
Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl  
]
(
Germany) [de-DE  
]
French  
English  
Danish  
(
France) [fr-FR  
United States) [en-US  
da-DK]  
Netherlands) [nl-NL  
Norwegian Bokmal) [no  
Swedish sv-SE  
]
(
]
[
Dutch  
(
]
(
]
[
]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy  
1
2
3
Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.  
Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) Settings in the Connections tab.  
Do either of the following:  
•
•
Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy server  
Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the Do not use proxy server for addresses  
beginning with field under Exceptions  
.
.
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is set to Enable (the factory default) on  
the operator panel. Confirm the operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool. For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus.  
"
98  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
       
Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser.  
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings report or display the TCP/IP settings  
page, which lists the IP address. For details about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP  
Settings."  
Overview of the Menu Items  
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Printer Status  
Printer Jobs  
Printer Settings  
Print Server Settings  
Copy Printer Settings  
Print Volume  
Printer Information  
Tray Settings  
E-Mail Server Settings Overview  
Set Password  
Online Help  
Order Supplies at:  
Contact Dell Support at:  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply status. When the toner cartridge is  
running low, click the order supplies link on the first screen to order a new toner cartridge.  
Printer Jobs  
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and Completed Jobs page.  
These pages show the details of the status regarding each print job.  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the settings in the operator panel remotely.  
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for  
communications.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
99  
             
Copy Printer Settings  
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another printer or printers on the network by  
typing the IP address of each printer.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Print Volume  
Use the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper usage, the types of jobs being printed,  
limit to which users can use the maximum number of pages they can print.  
Printer Information  
Use the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls, inventory reports, or the status of current  
memory and engine code levels.  
Tray Settings  
Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper type and size for each tray.  
E-Mail Server Settings Overview  
Use the E-Mail Server Settings Overview menu to setup E-Mail Server access and receive e-mail when the printer  
needs supplies or intervention. To be notified, type your name or the name of the key operator in the e-mail list box.  
Set Password  
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so that other users do  
not inadvertently change the printer settings that you have selected.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Online Help  
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.  
Order Supplies at:  
www.dell.com/supplies  
Contact Dell Support at:  
dell.com/support  
100  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
                 
Page Display Format  
The layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below:  
•
•
•
Top Frame  
Left Frame  
Right Frame  
Top Frame  
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is activated, the  
current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.  
The following items are displayed in the top frame.  
1
2 3 4  
5
6
1
2
Product Name  
IPv4  
Displays the product name of the printer.  
Displays the IP address of the printer.  
IPv6  
3
4
Location  
Displays location of the printer. The location can be changed in the Basic Information section on  
the Print Server Settings page.  
Contact Person  
Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be changed in the Basic  
Information section on the Print Server Settings page.  
5
6
Event Panel  
Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.  
Machine image  
Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu appears in the right frame when  
you click the image.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
101  
   
Left Frame  
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles displayed in the left frame are linked to  
corresponding menus and pages. You can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.  
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Printer Status  
Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Links to the Printer Jobs menu.  
Printer Jobs  
Printer Settings  
Print Server Settings  
Copy Printer Settings  
Print Volume  
Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.  
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.  
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.  
Links to the Print Volume menu.  
Printer Information  
Tray Settings  
Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Links to the Tray Settings menu.  
E-Mail Server Settings  
Overview  
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.  
10 Set Password  
Links to the Security menu.  
11 Online Help  
Links to the Dell Support website.  
Links to the Dell web page.  
12 Order Supplies at:  
13 Contact Dell Support at:  
Links to the Dell Support website.  
102  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
 
Right Frame  
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the right frame correspond to the menu  
that you select in the left frame. For details on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu  
Items."  
Buttons in the Right Frame  
1
2
3
1
2
Refresh Button  
Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest information in the right frame.  
Apply New Settings  
Button  
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to the printer. The new  
settings replace the old settings of the printer.  
3
Restore Settings Button Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were made. New settings will not be  
submitted to the printer.  
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items  
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. When you  
access these menus, the authentication window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the  
printer administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.  
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL). You can change only the password in  
the Set Password page in the Security menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more  
information.  
Details of the Menu Items  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Events"  
"Printer Information"  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
103  
     
"Printer Jobs"  
"Printer Jobs"  
"Job List"  
"Completed Jobs"  
"Menu Settings"  
"Reports"  
"Printer Settings"  
"Printer Settings Report"  
"Printer Settings"  
"System Settings"  
"Network Settings"  
"USB Settings"  
"PCL Settings"  
"PS Settings"  
"PDF Settings"  
"Secure Settings"  
"Paper Density"  
"Adjust Transfer Unit"  
"Adjust Fusing Unit"  
"Adjust Density"  
"Chart"  
"Printer Maintenance"  
"Clean Developer"  
"Clean Transfer Unit"  
"Reset Defaults"  
"Initialize PrintMeter"  
"Storage"*1  
"Non-Dell Toner"  
"Adjust Altitude"  
"StaticMemory Ctr"  
"Ghost Control"  
"Clock Settings"  
"Web Link Customization"  
104  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
"Print Server Settings"  
"Print Server Reports"  
"Print Server Settings"  
"Print Server Setup Page"  
"E-Mail Server Setup Page"  
"Basic Information"  
"Port Settings"  
"TCP/IP"  
"SMB"  
"E-Mail Server"  
"Bonjour (mDNS)"  
"SNMP"  
"SNTP"  
"AirPrint"  
"Google Cloud Print"  
"Proxy Server"  
"Wi-Fi"*2  
"Wi-Fi Direct"*2  
"Reset Print Server"  
"Set Password"  
"SSL/TLS"  
"Security"  
"IPsec"  
"802.1x"*3  
"IP Filter (IPv4)"  
"Copy Printer Settings"  
"Copy Printer Settings Report"  
"Print Volume"  
"Dell AccessControl"  
"Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings"  
"Print Volume"  
"Print Volume"  
"Tray Settings"  
"Tray Settings"  
*1  
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.  
*2  
*3  
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.  
This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and specifications of the printer.  
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.  
Printer Status  
Purpose:  
To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.  
Values:  
Toner Cartridge  
OK  
Indicates that there is enough amount of toner for use.  
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced soon.  
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced now.  
Replace Soon  
Replace Now  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
105  
   
Consumables  
Paper Trays  
Status  
Status  
OK  
Indicates that the status of the drum cartridge is OK for use.  
Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced soon.  
Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced now.  
Replace Soon  
Replace Now  
OK  
Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but the quantity is  
unknown.  
Add Paper  
Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.  
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.  
Displays the size of paper in the tray.  
Indicates that the tray is available.  
Capacity  
Size  
Output Tray  
Cover  
Status  
OK  
Capacity  
Status  
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.  
Indicates that the cover is closed.  
Closed  
Open  
Indicates that the cover is open.  
Printer Type  
Displays the type of the printer. Monochrome Laser is displayed  
normally.  
Printing Speed  
Displays the printing speed.  
Printer Events  
Purpose:  
To check the details of all alerts or indications of faults displayed in the Printer Events page when any faults such as  
Out of Paper or Cover is Open occur.  
Values:  
Location  
Details  
Displays the location where a fault occurred.  
Displays the details of the fault.  
Printer Information  
Purpose:  
To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software version. This page can also be displayed  
by clicking Printer Information in the left frame.  
Values:  
Dell Service Tag Number  
Express Service Code  
Asset Tag Number  
Displays Dell service tag number.  
Displays Dell express service code.  
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.  
Displays the serial number of the printer.  
Displays the memory capacity.  
Printer Serial Number  
Memory Capacity  
Processor Speed  
Displays the processing speed.  
Printer Revision Levels  
Firmware Version  
Displays the revision date (revision level).  
Printer Jobs  
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs pages. These pages show the  
details of the status regarding each print job.  
106  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
     
Job List  
Purpose:  
To confirm the jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.  
Values:  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Owner  
Displays the file name of the job being processed.  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Host Name  
Job Status  
Host I/F  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Displays the status of the job being processed.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
Displays the date when the job was submitted.  
Job Submitted Time  
Completed Jobs  
Purpose:  
To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.  
Values:  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Displays the file name of the completed job.  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Owner  
Host Name  
Output Result  
Impression Number  
No. of Sheets  
Host I/F  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Displays the status of the completed job.  
Displays the total number of pages for the job.  
Displays the total number of sheets for the job.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
Displays the date when the job was submitted.  
Job Submitted Time  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer Settings, and Printer Maintenance  
tabs and to configure the printer settings.  
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.  
Printer Settings Report  
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports pages.  
Menu Settings  
Use the Menu Settings page to display the current settings of the printer menus.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
107  
         
Reports  
Purpose:  
To print various types of reports and lists.  
Values:  
Printer Settings  
Panel Settings  
PCL Fonts List  
PCL Macros List  
PS Fonts List  
PDF Fonts List  
Job History  
Click Start to print the Printer Settings report.  
Click Start to print the Panel Settings report.  
Click Start to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language) Fonts List.  
Click Start to print the PCL Macro List.  
Click Start to print the PS Fonts List.  
Click Start to print the PDF Fonts List.  
Click Start to print the Job History report.  
Click Start to print the Error History report.  
Click Start to print the Print Meter report.  
Click Start to print Demo Page.  
Error History  
Print Meter  
Demo Page  
Stored Documents*1  
Click Start to print the Stored Documents list.  
*1  
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.  
Printer Settings  
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, Network Settings, USB Settings, PCL Settings, PS Settings,  
PDF Settings, and Secure Settings pages.  
System Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure the basic printer settings.  
Values:  
Power Saver Time - Sleep  
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it finishes a job.  
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep  
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode after it has  
entered Sleep mode.  
Power Saver Time - Power Off Timer*1  
mm / inch  
Sets the time taken by the printer to be turned off after it has entered Deep  
Sleep mode.  
Sets the measurement unit to be used on the LCD panel as either mm or  
inches.  
Control Panel Tone  
Invalid Key Tone  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is  
correct, or disables the tone.  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is  
incorrect, or disables the tone.  
Machine Ready Tone  
Job Completed Tone  
Fault Tone  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer becomes ready,  
or disables the tone.  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a print job is complete, or  
disables the tone.  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job ends abnormally, or  
disables the tone.  
108  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
     
Alert Tone  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a problem occurs, or  
disables the tone.  
Out of Paper Tone  
Low Toner Alert Tone  
Auto Clear Alert Tone  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer runs out of  
paper, or disables the tone.  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the toner is low, or  
disables the tone.  
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer  
performs auto clear, or disables the tone.  
All Tones  
Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all the tones.  
Alerts you if the toner is low.  
Low Toner Alert Message  
Auto Log Print  
RAM Disk  
Sets if a job history needs to be printed after every 20 jobs.  
Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for the Secure Print, Proof  
Print, Private Mail Box Print, and Public Mail Box Print features.  
Panel Language  
Auto Reset  
Used to set the language on the LCD panel.  
Sets the amount of time before the printer automatically resets its settings  
to the defaults when no additional settings are made.  
Fault Time-out  
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops  
abnormally.  
Default Paper Size  
Print ID  
Sets the default print paper size.  
Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.  
Print Text  
Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is not supported by the  
printer) as text when the printer receives it.  
Banner Sheet Insert Position  
Banner Sheet Specify Tray  
Substitute Tray  
Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.  
Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.  
Sets whether to use another size paper when the paper that is loaded in the  
specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.  
Letterhead 2 Sided  
A4<>Letter Switch  
Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.  
Sets whether to print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available  
in the paper trays and vice versa (Letter size job on A4 size paper).  
A5<>Statement Switch  
Sets whether to print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not  
available in the paper trays and vice versa (Statement size job on A5 size  
paper).  
Report 2 Sided Print  
Use Another Tray  
Sets whether to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper.  
Sets whether to show a message to select another tray when the specified  
paper is not available in the paper tray.  
Envelope Mode Mismatch  
Sets whether to display the alert window when the print job is started  
without setting to the envelope mode.  
*1  
Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
Network Settings  
Purpose:  
To Specify the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for this printer.  
Values:  
PS Data Format  
Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
109  
 
USB Settings  
Purpose:  
To change USB settings on your printer.  
Values:  
USB Port  
Enables the USB interface on your printer.  
PS Data Format  
Job Time-out  
Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.  
Displays the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.  
PCL Settings  
Purpose:  
To change the PCL settings.  
Values:  
Paper Tray  
Sets the paper input tray.  
Paper Size  
Sets the paper size.  
Custom Paper Size - Y  
Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127 mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0  
inch).  
Custom Paper Size - X  
Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77 mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5  
inch).  
Orientation  
2 Sided Print  
Font  
Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.  
Sets duplexing as the default for all print jobs.  
Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.  
Sets a symbol set for the specified font.  
Symbol Set  
Font Size  
Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.  
Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.  
Sets the number of lines in a page.  
Font Pitch  
Form Line  
Quantity  
Sets the number of copies to print.  
Image Enhance  
Hex Dump  
Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.  
Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data  
sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not  
executed.  
Draft Mode  
Sets whether to print in the draft mode.  
Line Termination  
Ignore Form Feed  
A4 Wide  
Sets how to handle line terminations.  
Sets whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.  
Sets whether to expand the printable area width.  
Barcode Mode  
Sets whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing.  
110  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
   
PS Settings  
Purpose:  
To change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation printer language.  
Values:  
PS Error Report  
Sets whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description  
language are printed.  
PS Job Time-out  
Sets the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job.  
Paper Select Mode  
Sets the way to select the tray for the PostScript 3 Compatible mode.  
PDF Settings  
Purpose:  
To change the PDF settings.  
Values:  
Quantity  
Sets the number of copies.  
2 Sided Print  
Print Mode  
Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
Sets a print mode.  
PDF Password  
Re-enter PDF Password  
Collation  
Sets a password.  
Confirms the set password.  
Sets whether to sort the output.  
Sets the output paper size.  
Output Size  
Layout  
Sets the output layout.  
Detect Job Separator  
Sets whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively.  
Secure Settings  
Panel Lock  
Purpose:  
To set a limited access to Admin Settingswith a password, and to set or change the password.  
Values:  
Panel Lock Control*1  
New Password  
Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Settings.  
Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Settings.  
Confirms the set password.  
Re-enter Password  
*1  
Some setting items in the Secure Settings are displayed only when this setting item is enabled.  
NOTE: You can set the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print Server Settings.  
Software Download  
Purpose:  
To set whether to enable download of firmware updates.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
111  
     
Login Error  
Purpose:  
To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock.  
Values:  
Login Error  
Displays how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock.  
Set Available Time - Print  
Purpose:  
To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Print function.  
Values:  
Set Available Time  
Start Time  
Allows you to set the available time period for the Print function.  
Sets the start time of the available time period for the Print function.  
Sets the end time of the available time period for the Print function.  
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.  
End Time  
Recurrence  
Secure Job Expiration  
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.  
Purpose:  
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Values:  
Expiration Mode  
Expiration Time  
Recurrence  
Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Sets the period to repeat the setting.  
Weekly Settings  
Monthly Settings  
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.  
Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.  
Printer Maintenance  
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust Transfer Unit, Adjust Fusing Unit, Adjust  
Dernsity, Chart, Clean Developer, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter, Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude,  
StaticMemory Ctr, Ghost Control, Clock Settings, and Web Link Customization pages.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.  
112  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
   
Adjust Transfer Unit  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the Transfer Unit. To lower the voltage, set negative values.  
To increase, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output quality on all paper types. If you see mottles on the printed paper,  
try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage.  
CAUTION: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper within the range of -5 to 10.  
Plain Thick  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain paper within the range of -5 to  
10.  
Covers (106-163 g/m2) Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper within the range of -5 to 10.  
Covers Thick  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick cover paper within the range of -5 to  
10.  
(164-216 g/m2)  
Rough Surface  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for Rough Surface paper within the range of -5  
to 10.  
Label  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels within the range of -5 to 10.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes within the range of -5 to 10.  
Envelope  
Japanese Postcard  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for Japanese postcard within the range of -5 to  
10.  
Adjust Fusing Unit  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To lower the temperature, set negative  
values. To increase, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to lower  
the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Plain Thick  
Covers (106-163 g/m2) Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Covers Thick  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
(164-216 g/m2)  
Rough Surface  
Label  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for Rough Surface paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for labels within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for Japanese postcard within the range of -3 to 3.  
Envelope  
Japanese Postcard  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
113  
   
Adjust Density  
Purpose:  
To adjust the density level.  
Values:  
Darker3  
Darker2  
Darker1  
Normal  
Lighter1  
Lighter2  
Lighter3  
Adjusts the density level darker than the original.  
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.  
Adjusts the density level lighter than the original.  
Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer.  
Values:  
Pitch Chart  
Print  
Print  
Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A total of  
two pages are printed.  
Full Page Solid  
Prints a chart of the full page solid.  
1-Sided  
2-Sided  
Prints a chart on one side of the paper.  
Prints a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the  
paper.  
Alignment Chart  
Print  
Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on the  
paper.  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To stir the developer in the drum cartridge.  
Values:  
Clean Developer  
Toner Refresh  
Start  
Start  
Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge.  
Expels the toner in the drum cartridge, and supplies the fresh toner from the  
toner cartridge.  
Clean Transfer Unit  
Purpose:  
To clean the transfer unit.  
Values:  
Clean Transfer Unit  
Start  
Cleans the transfer unit.  
114  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
       
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu  
parameters are reset to their default values.  
Values:  
Reset Defaults and  
restart printer.  
Click Start to reset the default setting and restart the printer.  
Power On Wizard  
Click Start to perform initial setup for the printer.  
Initialize PrintMeter  
Purpose:  
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to 0.  
Storage  
NOTE: Storage feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.  
Purpose:  
To clear all files stored in the RAM disk.  
Values:  
Clear Storage*1  
All Clear  
Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box  
Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.  
Secure Document Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box  
Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.  
Stored Document Click Start to clear all files stored in the RAM disk.  
*1  
This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
WARNING: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused  
by using non-Dell toner cartridges.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are  
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.  
StaticMemory Ctr  
Purpose:  
To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
115  
           
Ghost Control  
Purpose:  
To reduce negative ghost.  
Clock Settings  
Purpose:  
To specify the clock settings.  
Values:  
Date Format  
Time Format  
Time Zone  
Set Date  
Sets the date format; YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, or DD/MM/YYYY.  
Sets the time format; 24 Hour Clock or 12 Hour Clock.  
Sets the time zone.  
Sets the current date.  
Set Time  
Sets the current time.  
Web Link Customization  
Purpose:  
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from Order Supplies at: in the left frame.  
Values:  
Select Reorder URL  
Regular  
Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:  
Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to Order Supplies  
at:.  
Premier  
Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to Order Supplies at:.  
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for  
communication.  
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.  
Print Server Reports  
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the E-Mail Server Setup Page.  
Print Server Setup Page  
Displays the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) and printing ports.  
116  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
           
E-Mail Server Setup Page  
Displays the current settings of the e-mail server.  
Print Server Settings  
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings, TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Server, Bonjour  
(mDNS), SNMP, SNTP, AirPrint, Google Cloud Print, Proxy Server, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and Reset Print Server  
pages.  
Basic Information  
Purpose:  
To configure basic information of the printer.  
Values:  
System Settings  
Printer Name  
Location  
Sets the name of the printer.  
Sets the location of the printer.  
Contact Person  
Sets the contact name, number, and other information of the printer  
administrator and service center.  
Administrator E-Mail  
Address  
Sets the contact address of the printer administrator and service center.  
Asset Tag Number  
Auto Refresh  
Enters the asset tag number for the printer.  
Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool  
Settings  
Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display pages.  
Auto Refresh Interval  
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the status display pages  
automatically from 15 to 600 seconds.  
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame, Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed  
Jobs page.  
Port Settings  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.  
Values:  
Ethernet*1  
Ethernet Settings  
Auto  
Detects the Ethernet transmission rate and the  
duplex settings automatically.  
10Base-T Half-Duplex  
10Base-T Full-Duplex  
Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex as the default  
value.  
Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex as the default  
value.  
100Base-TX Half-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Half-Duplex as the default  
value.  
100Base-TX Full-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Full-Duplex as the default  
value.  
1000Base-T Full-Duplex  
Selects 1000Base-T Full-Duplex as the default  
value.  
Current Ethernet Settings  
MAC Address  
Displays the current settings of the Ethernet.  
Displays the MAC address of the printer.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
117  
       
Energy Efficient Ethernet  
Sets whether to enable the Energy Efficient  
Ethernet feature.  
Port Status  
LPD  
Sets whether to enable LPD.  
Port9100  
IPP  
Sets whether to enable Port9100.  
Sets whether to enable IPP.  
WSD Print  
FTP  
Sets whether to enable Web Services on Devices (WSD) Print.  
Sets whether to enable FTP.  
SMB  
Sets whether to enable SMB.  
Bonjour (mDNS)  
E-Mail Alert  
Telnet  
Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).  
Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.  
Sets whether to enable Telnet.  
SNMP  
Sets whether to enable SNMP.  
SNTP  
Sets whether to enable SNTP.  
Google Cloud Print  
Sets whether to enable Google Cloud Print.  
*1  
This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is rebooted. When you change or configure the  
settings, click the Apply New Settings button to apply the new settings.  
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.  
Values:  
TCP/IP  
Settings  
IP Mode  
Host Name  
IPv4  
Sets the IP mode.  
Sets the host name.  
IP Address Mode  
Manual IP Address  
Sets the method for acquiring the IP address.  
When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to  
the printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that  
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.  
Manual Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is  
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that  
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.  
255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.  
Manual Gateway  
Address  
When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address  
is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet  
that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to  
255.  
127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be  
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.  
118  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
 
IPv6  
Enable Stateless  
Address  
Select the check box to enable the stateless address.  
Select the check box to set the IP address manually.  
Use Manual Address  
Get IP Address from  
DHCP  
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the IP  
address via DHCP.  
Manual Address  
Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6 address, enter the  
address followed by a slash (/) and then "64". For details,  
consult your system administrator.  
Manual Gateway  
Address  
Sets the gateway address.  
DNS  
DNS Domain Name Sets the DNS domain name.  
IPv4  
Get DNS Server  
Address from DHCP  
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the  
DNS server address via DHCP.  
Manual DNS Server  
Address  
Manually sets the DNS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
format when Get DNS Server Address from DHCP is not  
selected.  
IPv6  
Get DNS Server  
Select the check box to get the DNS server address  
Address from DHCPv6- automatically from the DHCPv6-lite server.  
lite  
Manual DNS Server  
Address  
Sets the DNS server address.  
DNS Dynamic  
Update (IPv4)  
Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.  
Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.  
Select the check box to automatically generate the search list.  
DNS Dynamic  
Update (IPv6)  
Auto Generate  
Search List  
Search Domain  
Name  
Sets the search domain name. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens  
can be used. If you need to specify more than one domain name, separate them using a  
comma or semicolon.  
Time-out  
Sets the time-out period between 1 and 60 seconds.  
Priority to IPv6 DNS Select the check box to enable the DNS Name Resolution feature.  
Name Resolution  
WINS  
WINS Mode  
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the primary and secondary  
WINS server addresses via DHCP.  
WINS Primary Server Manually sets the primary WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS  
Mode is not selected.  
WINS Secondary  
Server  
Manually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format  
when WINS Mode is not selected.  
LPD  
Connection Time-  
Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 3,600 seconds.  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Port Number  
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.  
Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.  
Port9100  
Connection Time-  
Out  
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1,000 seconds.  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
119  
IPP  
Printer URI  
Displays the printer URI.  
Connection Time-  
Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.  
Port Number  
Displays the port number for receiving requests from the client.  
Maximum Sessions Displays the maximum number of connections received simultaneously by the client.  
WSD  
Port Number  
Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.  
Receive  
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.  
Time-Out  
Notification Time-  
Out  
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.  
Maximum Number Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.  
of TTL  
Maximum Number Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.  
of Notification  
FTP  
Password  
Sets the password for FTP.  
Re-enter Password  
Enter the password again to confirm it.  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.  
Connection Time-  
Out  
HTTP  
Port Number  
Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.  
Simultaneous  
Connections  
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous connections.  
CSRF Protection  
Displays the CSRF Protection setting.  
Connection Time-  
Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.  
Telnet  
Password  
Sets the password for Telnet.  
Re-enter Password  
Confirms the set password.  
Connection Time-  
Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.  
SMB  
Purpose:  
To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.  
Values:  
Host Name  
Sets the host name of the server computer.  
Sets the workgroup.  
Workgroup  
Maximum Sessions  
Unicode Support  
Sets the maximum number of sessions.  
Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in Unicode characters during  
SMB transmission.  
Auto Master Mode  
Encrypt Password  
Job Time-Out  
Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.  
Sets whether to encrypt the password.  
Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.  
Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.  
Connection Time-Out  
120  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
 
E-Mail Server  
Purpose:  
To configure detailed settings of E-Mail Server and E-Mail Alert. This page can also be displayed by clicking the  
E-Mail Server Settings Overview in the left frame.  
Values:  
E-Mail Server Settings Primary SMTP Gateway Sets the primary SMTP gateway.  
SMTP Port Number  
Sets the SMTP port number. This must be between 1 and 65535.  
Sets the authentication method for outgoing e-mail.  
E-Mail Send  
Authentication  
SMTP Login User  
Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods,  
hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more  
than one address, separate them using commas.  
SMTP Login Password  
Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.  
Confirms the set SMTP account password.  
Re-enter SMTP Login  
Password  
POP3 Server Address*1  
Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or  
as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters.  
POP3 Port Number*1  
POP User Name*1  
Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be between 1 and 65535.  
Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters,  
periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If  
specifying more than one address, separate them using commas.  
POP User Password*1  
Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.  
Confirms the set password.  
Re-enter POP User  
Password*1  
Reply Address  
Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each E-mail Alert.  
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.  
SMTP Server  
Connection  
E-Mail Alert Settings  
E-Mail List 1  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-  
Mail Alert feature using up to 255  
alphanumeric characters.  
Select Alerts for List 1  
Supplies Alerts  
Paper Handling Alerts  
Service Call  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for consumables.  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for paper handling.  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for Service Calls.  
E-Mail List 2  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-  
Mail Alert feature using up to 255  
alphanumeric characters.  
Select Alerts for List 2  
Supplies Alerts  
Paper Handling Alerts  
Service Call  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for consumables.  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for paper handling.  
Select the check box to receive an E-Mail  
Alert for Service Calls.  
*1  
This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP (APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
121  
 
Bonjour (mDNS)  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.  
Values:  
Host Name  
Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash).  
Printer Name  
Wide-Area Bonjour  
Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol sets.  
Select the check box to enable the Wide-Area Bonjour protocol.  
SNMP  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.  
Values:  
SNMP Configuration  
Enable SNMP v1/v2c Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c protocol.  
Protocol  
Edit SNMP v1/v2c  
Properties  
Click to display the SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the setting of SNMP  
v1/v2c protocol from the page.  
Enable SNMP v3  
Protocol  
Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3 protocol.  
Edit SNMP v3  
Properties  
Click to display the SNMP v3 page and to edit the setting of SNMP v3  
protocol from the page.  
You can click this item only when SSL communication is enabled.  
SNMP v1/v2c  
Purpose:  
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2c protocol.  
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2c Properties in the SNMP page.  
Values:  
Community Name  
Community Name  
(Read only)*1  
Sets the community name to access (read only) data using up to 31  
alphanumeric characters.  
The default Read Community is public.  
Re-enter Community  
Name (Read only)*1  
Enters the community name to access (read only) data again to confirm it.  
Community Name  
(Read/Write)*1  
Sets the community name to access (read and write) data using up to 31  
alphanumeric characters.  
The default Read/Write Community is private.  
Re-enter Community  
Name (Read/Write)*1  
Enters the community name to access (read and write) data again to  
confirm it.  
Community Name  
(Trap)*1  
Sets the community name used for trap up to 31 alphanumeric characters.  
The default Trap Community is " " (NULL).  
Re-enter Community  
Name (Trap)*1  
Enters the community name used for trap again to confirm it.  
122  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
   
Trap Notification 1-4  
Trap Address Type  
Trap Address  
Port Number  
Notify  
Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In this case, specify the IP  
address and IP socket in the following format:  
IPv4  
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm  
format. Each section of "nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note  
that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the first three-digits only. IP  
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.  
Network*2  
IPv6  
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the  
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmmmm format. Each section  
of "xxxx" is a hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP socket  
mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.  
Authenticate Error Trap Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error Trap.  
*1  
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
*2  
This item is available only when Wi-Fi Direct is set to Enable.  
SNMP v3  
Purpose:  
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol.  
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.  
Values:  
Administrator Account Account Enabled  
User Name  
Select the check box to enable the administrator account.  
Enters the user name of the administrator account.  
Authentication  
Password  
Sets the authentication password of the administrator account using 8 to 32  
alphanumeric characters.  
Re-enter Authentication Confirms the set password.  
Password  
Privacy Password  
Sets the privacy password of the administrator account using 8 to 32  
alphanumeric characters.  
Re-enter Privacy  
Password  
Confirms the set password.  
Print Drivers / Remote Account Enabled  
Select the check box to enable the print drivers and remote client account.  
Client Account  
Reset to default  
Password  
Click to reset the password for the print drivers and remote client account  
to default.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
123  
SNTP  
Purpose:  
To configure the SNTP server settings in order to perform time synchronization through SNTP.  
Values:  
SNTP  
IP Address / Host Name Sets the IP address or the host name of the SNTP server.  
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 120 seconds.  
Time Synchronization Sets the interval for performing time synchronization using SNTP.  
Interval  
Last Connection Time Displays the last date and time when your printer was connected to the  
SNTP server.  
Connection Status  
Displays the status of the connections between the SNTP server and your  
printer.  
AirPrint  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed setting of AirPrint.  
Values:  
AirPrint  
Enable AirPrint  
Bonjour  
Click to enable the printer for AirPrint.  
Name  
Enters the name that is to be displayed as an AirPrint  
printer.  
Location  
Sets the location of the printer.  
Geo-Location  
Sets the physical location of the printer.  
IPP Authentication Basic Authentication Select the check box to enable the basic authentication  
scheme.  
User Name  
Enter the user name.  
Password  
Enter the user password.  
Re-enter Password  
SSL/TLS  
Re-enter the user password for confirmation.  
Click Settings to display the SSL/TLS page.  
Displays the toner level.  
SSL/TLS  
Supply Levels  
Toner Cartridge  
Google Cloud Print  
Purpose:  
To register the printer to Google Cloud Print.  
Values:  
Google Cloud Print*1  
(Registration state)  
Displays the Google Cloud Print registration state.  
Register This Device to Click to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.  
Google Cloud Print  
Cancel Registration  
Click to cancel to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.  
*1  
Google Cloud Print can only be used when the machine is using IPv4.  
124  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
     
Proxy Server  
Purpose:  
To configure the Proxy Server settings.  
Values:  
Proxy Server  
Use Proxy Server  
Sets whether to enable the use of a proxy server.  
Address to Bypass Proxy Sets the address to bypass proxy server.  
Server  
Server Name  
Port Number  
Authentication  
Login Name  
Password  
Sets the name of the proxy server.  
Sets the port number from 1 to 65535.  
Sets whether to enable authentication.  
Sets the login name for the proxy server.  
Sets the login password for the proxy server.  
Confirms the set password.  
Re-enter Password  
Wi-Fi  
NOTE: Wi-Fi feature is available only when the wireless adapter is connected.  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network.  
To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.  
Values:  
Wi-Fi Settings  
SSID  
Sets the name that identifies the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric  
characters can be entered.  
Network Type  
MAC Address  
Link Channel  
Link Quality  
Encryption  
Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure.  
Displays the MAC address of the wireless adapter for the printer.  
Displays the channel number of the wireless connection for the printer.  
Displays the quality of the wireless network connection for the printer.  
Select the encryption type from the list.  
Security Settings  
No Security  
Sets No Security to configure the wireless  
settings without specifying an encryption  
type from WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-  
Enterprise.  
WEP  
Sets the WEP to use through the wireless  
network.  
WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK Sets the WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES to  
AES*1, 2  
use through the wireless network.  
WPA-Enterprise  
AES/WPA2-Enterprise  
AES*2, 3  
Sets the WPA-Enterprise AES/WPA2-  
Enterprise AES to use through the wireless  
network.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
125  
     
Mixed Mode PSK*1, 2  
Sets the Mixed Mode PSK to use through the  
wireless network. Mixed Mode PSK  
automatically selects the encryption type  
from either WPA-PSK TKIP, WPA-PSK AES,  
or WPA2-PSK AES.  
Mixed Mode  
Enterprise*2, 3  
Sets the Mixed Mode Enterprise to use  
through the wireless network. Mixed Mode  
Enterprise automatically selects the  
encryption type from either WPA-Enterprise  
TKIP, WPA-Enterprise AES, or WPA2-  
Enterprise AES.  
WEP  
Encryption  
WEP Key 1  
Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.  
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP  
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.  
Re-enter WEP Key 1  
WEP Key 2  
Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.  
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP  
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.  
Re-enter WEP Key 2  
WEP Key 3  
Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.  
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP  
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.  
Re-enter WEP Key 3  
WEP Key 4  
Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.  
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP  
128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.  
Re-enter WEP Key 4  
Transmit Key*5/Key  
Passphrase/Key  
Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.  
Sets the transmit key type from the list.  
Sets the passphrase.  
WPA-PSK  
Re-enter Passphrase/Key Enters the passphrase again to confirm it.  
EAP-Identity Sets the EAP-Identity for the authentication.  
Authentication Method Shows the authentication method.  
WPA-Enterprise*4  
Login Name  
Password  
Sets the login name for the authentication.  
Sets the password.  
Re-enter Password  
Enters the password again to confirm it.  
*1  
For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.  
*2  
*3  
*4  
This item is available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type.  
For authentication and encryption by digital certificate, AES or TKIP method is used.  
To activate the setting, import a certificate which supports wireless LAN (server/client) on the SSL/TLS pages, and enable the relevant  
certificate in advance.  
*5  
When Auto is selected for Transmit Key, the key set specified for WEP Key 1 is used.  
Wi-Fi Direct  
NOTE: Wi-Fi Direct feature is available only when the wireless adapter is connected.  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed setting of the Wi-Fi Direct connection.  
Values:  
Wi-Fi Direct  
Wi-Fi Direct  
Displays whether to enable the Wi-Fi Direct connection.  
126  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
 
Group Role  
Displays the group role of the printer.  
Device Name  
Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with up  
to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer name  
on your Wi-Fi mobile device.  
WPS Setup  
Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.  
SSID (Character string Specifies a name to identify the Wi-Fi Direct network. Up to 32  
following "DIRECT-**") alphanumeric characters can be entered. "DIRECT-" cannot be changed.  
Passphrase  
Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into your  
Wi-Fi mobile device.  
IP Address  
Displays the IP address of the Wi-Fi Direct.  
Displays the subnet mask.  
Subnet Mask  
Paired Device  
Displays the number of the device currently connected to the Wi-Fi Direct  
network.  
Current Role  
Current SSID  
Displays the current group role of the printer.  
Displays the current SSID. Confirm it when selecting the Wi-Fi Direct  
network name on your Wi-Fi mobile device.  
Reset Print Server  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot the printer. You can also initialize  
NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings menu.  
Values:  
Initialize NIC NVRAM Memory Click Start to initialize NVRAM, revert network settings to the factory default settings, and  
and restart printer.  
reboot the network capability.  
Restart Printer  
Click Start to reboot the printer.  
Security  
The Security tab includes Set Password, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x, and IP Filter (IPv4).  
Set Password  
Purpose:  
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer from the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame.  
NOTE: To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile memory (NVM).  
NOTE: You can set the password for access to Admin Settingsfrom Panel Lock in Printer Settings.  
Values:  
Administrator Password  
Sets the password using up to 128 alphanumeric characters (excluding spaces and  
colons).  
Re-enter Administrator Password  
Confirms the set password.  
Access denial by the authentication  
failure of the Administrator  
Sets how many times the failure in administrator authentication is allowed in total.  
Sets the number from 5 to 255. If you set 0, this mode is disabled.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
127  
     
SSL/TLS  
Purpose:  
To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer, and set/delete the certificate used for  
IPsec, or Wireless LAN.  
Values:  
HTTP-SSL/TLS  
Select the check box to enable the HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication.  
Communication*1  
HTTP-SSL/TLS  
Communication Port  
Number  
Sets the port number, which is not identical with that of HTTP for SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or  
between 8000 and 9999.  
SMTP-SSL/TLS  
Communication  
Sets the type of SSL/TLS used to communicate with the SMTP server.  
Machine Digital  
Certificate  
Generate Self-Signed  
Certificate*2  
Click to display the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page and to create a  
security certification from the page. The Generate Self-Signed Certificate  
button is available only when the self-signed certificate is not generated.  
Certificate Signing  
Request (CSR)*2  
Click to display the Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page and to create  
a certificate signing request from the page.  
Upload Signed  
Certificate*2  
Click to display the Upload Signed Certificate page and to upload the  
certificate file to the device from the page.  
Certificate  
Click to display the Certificate Management page and to manage a security  
certification from the page.  
Management*2  
Delete All Certificates  
Public Key Method  
Size of Public Key  
Issuer  
Click to delete all the certificates.  
Generate Self-Signed  
Certificate  
Select the public key method of the self-signed certificate.  
Select the size of public key.  
Enter the issuer of SSL self-signed certificate.  
Enter the valid days from 1 to 9999 days.  
Click to generate the SSL self-signed certificate.  
Validity  
Generate Signed  
Certificate  
Certificate Signing  
Request (CSR)  
Digital Signature  
Algorithm  
Select the digital signature algorithm.  
Select the public key size.  
Public Key Size  
2 Letter Country Code Enter the 2-letter country code.  
(Required)  
State / Province Name  
Locality Name  
Enter the state or province name up to 16 bytes.  
Enter the locality name up to 32 bytes.  
Organization Name  
(Required)  
Enter the organization name up to 32 bytes.  
Organization Unit  
(Required)  
Enter the organization unit up to 32 bytes.  
Common Name  
E-mail Address  
Password  
Display the common name.  
Enter the e-mail address.  
Upload Signed  
Certificate*2  
Enter the password to upload the certificate file.  
Re-enter Password  
File Name  
Enter the password again for confirmation.  
Click Browse to browse the file name to upload to the device.  
128  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
 
Import  
Click Import to upload the certificate file to the device.  
Certificate  
Category  
Select the device to certificate.  
Management*2  
Certificate Purpose  
Certificate Order  
Select the purpose to certificate.  
Select the order to certificate.  
Click to delete all the certificates.  
Delete All Certificates Delete  
Certificate List*2  
Category  
Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management  
page.  
Certificate Purpose  
Displays the connection to certificate selected at the Certificate  
Management page.  
Issued To  
Displays the list of certificate order.  
Validity  
Displays whether certificate is valid or not.  
Certificate Details  
Click to display the Certificate Details page. The SSL/TLS page is  
displayed when no item in the Issued To column is selected.  
Certificate Details*2  
Category  
Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management  
page or SSL/TLS page.  
Issued To  
Displays the device to certificate.  
Issuer  
Displays the issuer to certificate.  
Serial Number  
Public Key Method  
Size of Public Key  
Valid From  
Displays the serial number of the device.  
Displays the public key method.  
Displays the size of public key.  
Displays the time the certificate is valid.  
Displays the time the certificate is invalid.  
Displays whether certificate is valid or not.  
Displays the purpose of certificate.  
Displays the type of device certificate you selected.  
Valid Until  
Status  
Certificate Purpose  
Certificate Selection  
Status  
E-mail Address  
Use this certificate  
Delete  
Displayed only when an e-mail address is specified in the certificate.  
Click to apply this certificate to the device.  
Click to delete this certificate.  
Export This Certificate Click to export the certificate to the other device.  
*1  
This item is available only when the self-signed certificate has been generated.  
*2  
This item is effective only when connected via SSL/TLS (https). Only the administrator is allowed to display the pages.  
IPsec  
Purpose:  
To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for encrypted communication to the  
printer.  
Values:  
IPsec Settings  
Protocol  
IKE  
Select the check box to enable the protocol.  
"Pre-Shared Key" is displayed for IKE.  
Pre-Shared Key  
Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and  
hyphens can be used.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
129  
 
Re-enter Pre-Shared Key Enters the shared key again to confirm it.  
IKE SA Lifetime  
IPsec SA Lifetime  
DH Group  
Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800 minutes.  
Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880 minutes.  
Sets the DH group.  
PFS  
Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.  
Remote peers IPv4 address Sets the IP address to connect to.  
Remote peers IPv6 address Sets the IP address to connect to.  
Non IPsec communication Allows communication with a device which does not support IPsec.  
policy  
NOTE: If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the IPsec menu on the operator panel.  
802.1x  
Purpose:  
To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted communication to the printer.  
Values:  
Configure 802.1x  
Enable IEEE 802.1x  
Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication.  
Authentication Method EAP-MD5  
Selects the authentication method to use for IEEE  
802.1x authentication.  
EAP-MS-  
CHAPv2  
PEAP/MS-  
CHAPv2  
Login Name: (Device  
Name)  
Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x authentication using  
up to 128 alphanumeric characters.  
Password  
Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x authentication using up to 128  
alphanumeric characters.  
Re-enter Password  
Confirms the set login password.  
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Purpose:  
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer.  
Values:  
Access List  
Address  
Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a  
numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Address Mask  
Active Mode  
Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a  
numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Reject  
Accept  
Off  
Rejects printing from specified network address.  
Permits printing from specified network address.  
Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP address.  
To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the Address field and the subnet mask in the  
Address Mask field. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.  
130  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
   
IP Filter Setup Procedure  
You can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority. When setting multiple filters, enter  
the shortest address first followed by a slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.  
Enabling Printing From a Specified User  
The following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.  
1
2
3
4
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Accept  
Click Apply New Settings  
1.  
.
.
Disabling Printing From a Specified User  
The following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Reject  
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "0.0.0.0" in the Address field and "0.0.0.0" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Accept  
Click Apply New Settings  
1.  
.
2.  
.
.
Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network Addresses  
You can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable printing from the "192.168.200"  
network address.  
The example below describes how to enable printing from the "192.168.200.10" IP address.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "192.168.200.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Accept  
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "192.168.200.0" in the Address field and "255.255.255.0" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Reject  
Click the first column of the Access List row  
Enter "192.168.0.0" in the Address field and "255.255.0.0" in the Address Mask field.  
Select Accept  
1.  
.
2.  
.
3.  
.
10 Click Apply New Settings  
.
Copy Printer Settings  
The Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and Copy Printer Settings Report pages.  
Copy Printer Settings  
Purpose:  
To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
131  
   
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of the printer to which the settings are  
copied in the IP Address text box and Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above  
list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is 60 seconds. After that, you can  
check whether the settings were copied to this page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the  
above list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to  
verify if the settings were actually copied or not.  
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings of only the same items are copied.  
Printer settings are simultaneously copied to printers of up to 10 IP addresses.  
Copy Printer Settings Report  
Purpose:  
To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully.  
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.  
Print Volume  
The Print Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell AccessControl pages.  
Print Volume  
Purpose:  
To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by clicking Print Volume in the left frame.  
Values:  
Printer Page Count  
Paper Used  
Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was shipped from the factory.  
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.  
Dell AccessControl  
Purpose:  
To specify which users have access to printing and to limit print volume per user.  
Values:  
AccessControl Mode  
Off  
On  
Enables to print the data with no authentication information.  
Restricts printing based on the print user information registered in the  
internal server.  
Non Registered User  
Sets whether to permit the printing of data with no authentication information. To permit the  
printing for non-account user, select the check box.  
AccessControl Error  
Report  
Sets whether to automatically print error-related information if printing using AccessControl results in  
an error.  
User Registration*1  
Click Edit User Registration to display the Edit Print User Registration page.  
• To register a user, click Create to open the Print User Settings page.  
• To delete a user, click Delete to open the Delete User page.  
Clicking Back returns the screen to the status prior to deleting the user.  
• To confirm or change the registered user, click Confirm / Change to open the Print User Settings  
page.  
User Registration No.  
User Name  
Displays the user registration number. The Delete User button is displayed  
when the user is already registered.  
Sets the user name.  
132  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
       
Password  
Sets the user password using 4 to 12 alphanumeric characters.  
Enter the password again to confirm it.  
Re-enter password  
Upper Limit for  
Sets the maximum number of pages allowed for monochrome printing.  
Monochrome Print  
Cumulative  
Monochrome Page  
Count  
Displays the cumulative number of pages printed for monochrome printing.  
*1  
This item is displayed only when AccessControl Mode is On.  
Tray Settings  
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the size and type of paper loaded in each paper source and specify which paper  
source to use in what order.  
Values:  
MPF Mode  
Sets whether to use the printer driver settings for the size and type of paper loaded in the MPF.  
Sets the size of paper loaded in the MPF.  
MPF Paper Size*1  
MPF Paper Type*1  
Sets the type of paper loaded in the MPF.  
MPF Custom Paper  
Size - Y*1  
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.  
MPF Custom Paper  
Size - X*1  
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.  
MPF Display Popup*1 Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when  
the paper is loaded in the MPF.  
Tray 1 Paper Size  
Tray 1 Paper Type  
Sets the size of paper loaded in tray1.  
Sets the type of paper loaded in tray1.  
Tray 1 Custom Paper  
Size - Y  
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in tray1.  
Tray 1 Custom Paper  
Size - X  
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in tray1.  
Tray 1 Display Popup  
Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when  
the paper is loaded in tray1.  
Tray 2 Paper Size*2  
Tray 2 Paper Type*2  
Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
Tray 2 Custom Paper  
Size - Y*2  
Tray 2 Custom Paper  
Size - X*2  
Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
Tray 2 Display Popup*2 Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when  
the paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
1st Priority  
2nd Priority  
3rd Priority*2  
Sets the paper source to be used as the first priority.  
Sets the paper source to be used as the second priority.  
Sets the paper source to be used as the third priority.  
*1  
This item is available only when Panel Specified in MPF Mode is selected.  
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.  
*2  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
133  
 
134  
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool  
14  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users, the access to the Admin  
Settingscan be limited. This prevents other users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user  
default that has been set by the administrator.  
However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select settings for individual print jobs.  
Report / List  
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.  
Printer Settings  
Purpose:  
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of installed print memory, and the  
status of printer supplies.  
Panel Settings  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of all the settings of the printer menus.  
PCL Fonts List  
Purpose:  
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.  
PCL Macros List  
Purpose:  
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.  
PS Fonts List  
Purpose:  
To print a sample of the available PS fonts.  
PDF Fonts List  
Purpose:  
To print a sample of the available PDF fonts.  
Job History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list contains the last 20 jobs.  
Error History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
135  
                       
Print Meter  
Purpose:  
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.  
Demo Page  
Purpose:  
To print a Demo page.  
Stored Documents  
NOTE: Stored Documents feature is available only when RAM Diskunder System Settingsis enabled.  
Purpose:  
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the  
RAM disk.  
Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
Ensure that Report/Listis highlighted, and then press the  
Press the button until the desired report or list is highlighted, and then press the  
The selected report or list is printed.  
(Menu) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box  
1
Click Start  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Tool Box.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Ensure that the Printer Setting Reports tab is open.  
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Reports page appears.  
4
Click the button for the desired report or list.  
The report or list is printed.  
Admin Settings  
Use the Admin Settingsmenu to configure a variety of printer features.  
PCL  
Use the PCLmenu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL emulation printer language.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
136  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
             
Paper Tray  
Purpose:  
To specify the default paper tray.  
Values:  
Auto*  
MPF  
Tray1  
Tray2*1  
*1  
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet  
feeder is installed.  
Paper Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the default paper size.  
Values:  
mm series  
A4*1  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Folio  
Legal  
Statement  
Executive  
Envelope #10  
Monarch  
DL  
C5  
Postcard JPN  
Custom Size  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default value.  
inch series  
Letter*1  
Folio  
Legal  
Statement  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
137  
Executive  
Envelope #10  
Monarch  
DL  
C5  
Postcard JPN  
Custom Size  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default value.  
NOTE: Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom length and width.  
Orientation  
Purpose:  
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.  
Values:  
Portrait*  
Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.  
Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.  
Landscape  
2 Sided  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
Values:  
2 Sided Print  
Binding Edge  
Off*  
Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
On  
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
Flip on Long Edge*  
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.  
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.  
Flip on Short Edge  
Font  
Purpose:  
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.  
Values:  
CG Times  
Arial Bd  
N C Schbk It  
N C Schbk BdIt  
Times Roman  
Times Bd  
CG Times Bd  
CG Times It  
CG Times BdIt  
CG Omega  
Arial It  
Arial BdIt  
Times New  
Times New Bd  
Times New It  
Times New BdIt  
Helvetica  
Times It  
CG Omega Bd  
CG Omega It  
CG Omega BdIt  
Coronet  
Times BdIt  
ZapfC MdIt  
Symbol  
Helvetica Bd  
SymbolPS  
138  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
 
Clarendon Cd  
Univers Md  
Helvetica Ob  
Wingdings  
Helvetica BdOb  
HelveticaNr  
ZapfDingbats  
Courier*  
Univers Bd  
Univers MdIt  
Univers BdIt  
Univers MdCd  
Univers BdCd  
Univers MdCdIt  
Univers BdCdIt  
AntiqueOlv  
HelveticaNr Bd  
HelveticaNr Ob  
HelveticaNrBdOb  
Palatino Roman  
Palatino Bd  
Courier Bd  
Courier It  
Courier BdIt  
LetterGothic  
LetterGothic Bd  
LetterGothic It  
CourierPS  
Palatino It  
Palatino BdIt  
AntiqueOlv Bd  
AntiqueOlv It  
GaramondAntiqua  
Garamond Hlb  
Garamond Krsv  
GaramondKrsvHlb  
Marigold  
ITC A G Go Bk  
ITC A G Go Dm  
ITC A G Go BkOb  
ITC A G Go DmOb  
ITCBookman Lt  
ITCBookmanDm  
ITCBookman LtIt  
ITCBookmanDm It  
N C Schbk Roman  
N C Schbk Bd  
CourierPS Bd  
CourierPS Ob  
CourierPS BdOb  
C39 Narrow  
C39 Regular  
C39 Wide  
OCR-A  
Albertus Md  
Albertus XBd  
Arial  
OCR-B  
Line Printer  
Symbol Set  
Purpose:  
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.  
Values:  
ROMAN-8*  
ISO L1  
ISO L2  
ISO L5  
ISO L6  
PC-8  
DESKTOP  
ISO-69  
PS TEXT  
MC TEXT  
MS PUB  
MATH-8  
PS MATH  
PI FONT  
LEGAL  
ISO-4  
WIN 3.0  
WINBALT  
SYMBOL  
WINGDINGS  
DNGBTSMS  
PC CYR  
PC-8 DN  
PC-775  
PC-850  
PC-852  
PC-1004  
PC-8 TK  
WIN L1  
WIN L2  
WIN L5  
PC-866U  
ISO CYR  
WIN CYR  
GREEK-8  
WIN-GRK  
PC-851  
ISO-6  
ISO-11  
ISO-15  
ISO-17  
ISO-21  
PC8-GRK  
ISO-GRK  
ISO-60  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
139  
Font Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.  
Values:  
12.00*  
Sets the values in increments of 0.25.  
Available Range: 4.00 – 50.00  
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals approximately 1/72 of an inch.  
NOTE: The Font Sizemenu is only displayed for typographic fonts.  
Font Pitch  
Purpose:  
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.  
Values:  
10.00*  
Sets the value in increments of 0.01.  
Available Range: 6.00–24.00  
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of type. For non-scalable mono spaced  
fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be changed.  
NOTE: The Font Pitchmenu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced fonts.  
Form Line  
Purpose:  
To set the number of lines in a page.  
Values:  
mm series  
60*1  
Sets the value in increments of 1.  
Sets the value in increments of 1.  
Available Range: 5–128  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default values.  
inch series  
60*1  
Available Range: 5–128  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default values.  
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing) based on the Form Lineand  
Orientationmenu items. Select the correct Orientationbefore changing Form Line.  
See also:  
"Orientation"  
140  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Quantity  
Purpose:  
To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific job from the printer driver. Values  
selected from the printer driver always override values selected from the operator panel.)  
Values:  
1*  
Sets the value in increments of 1.  
Available Range: 1–999  
Image Enhance  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the boundary line between black and white  
smoother to decrease jagged edges and enhance the visual appearance.  
Values:  
Off  
On*  
Disables the Image Enhance feature.  
Enables the Image Enhance feature.  
Hex Dump  
Purpose:  
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in  
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Disables the Hex Dump feature.  
Enables the Hex Dump feature.  
Draft Mode  
Purpose:  
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when printing in the draft mode.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Does not print in the draft mode.  
Prints in the draft mode.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
141  
LineTermination  
Purpose:  
To add the line termination commands.  
Values:  
Off*  
The line termination command is not added.  
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF  
Add-LF  
Add-CR  
CR-XX  
The LF command is added.  
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF  
The CR command is added.  
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF  
The CR and LF commands are added.  
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF  
Ignore FormFeed  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Disables the Ignore Form Feed feature.  
Enables the Ignore Form Feed feature.  
A4 Wide  
Purpose:  
To expand the printable area width.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Disables A4 Wide.  
Enables A4 Wide.  
Barcode Mode  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Disables the barcode mode.  
Enables the barcode mode.  
NOTE: Be sure to set to Disableafter using the barcode mode.  
PDF  
Use the PDFmenu to change printer settings that only affect the PDF jobs.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
142  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
 
Quantity  
Purpose:  
To specify the number of copies to print.  
Values:  
1*  
Sets the value in increments of 1.  
Available Range: 1–999  
2 Sided Print  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
Value:  
1 Sided*  
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.  
Flip on Long Edge  
Flip on Short Edge  
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.  
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.  
Print Mode  
Purpose:  
To specify the print mode.  
Value:  
Normal*  
For documents with normal sized characters.  
High Quality  
High Speed  
For documents with small characters or thin lines, or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.  
Prints with the higher speed than the Normal mode, but the quality is less.  
PDF Password  
Purpose:  
To specify the password to print the secure PDF.  
Value:  
Enter PDF Password  
Enter the password to print the secure PDF.  
Collation  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to sort the job.  
Value:  
Collated  
Uncollated*  
Sorts the job.  
Does not sort the job.  
Output Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the output paper size for PDF.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
143  
Value:  
A4*1  
Letter*1  
Auto  
*1  
The default paper size is displayed.  
Layout  
Purpose:  
To specify the output layout.  
Value:  
Auto %*  
100% (No Zoom)  
Booklet  
2 Pages Up  
4 Pages Up  
Detect Job Separator  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively.  
Value:  
Off  
On*  
Disables the Detect Job Separator feature.  
Enables the Detect Job Separator feature.  
PS  
Use the PSmenu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation  
printer language.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
PS Error Report  
Purpose:  
To specify whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are  
printed. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Off  
On*  
Discards the print job without printing an error message.  
Prints an error message before it discards the job.  
NOTE: Instructions from the PS driver override the settings specified on the operator panel.  
144  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
 
PS Job Time-out  
Purpose:  
To specify the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job. The change becomes effective after the printer is  
turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Job time-out does not occur.  
1 minute*  
An error concerning the PostScript 3 Compatible page description language  
occurs if processing is not completed after the specified time.  
Available Range:  
1-900 minutes.  
Paper Select Mode  
Purpose:  
To specify the way to select the tray for PostScript 3 Compatible mode. The change becomes effective after the  
printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Auto*  
The tray is selected as the same setting as in the PCL mode.  
Select From Tray  
The tray is selected in a method compatible with regular PostScript 3 Compatible printers.  
Network  
Use the Networkmenu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the wired or  
wireless network.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Wi-Fi  
NOTE: When the optional wireless adapter is attached and the Ethernet cable is disconnected, Wi-Fiis displayed.  
Purpose:  
To confirm or specify wireless network settings.  
Values:  
Status  
Purpose:  
To confirm the wireless communication status.  
Values:  
Connection  
(Good)  
(Acceptable)  
(Low)  
(No Reception)  
SSID  
Enc.  
Displays the name that identifies the wireless network.  
Displays the encryption type.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
145  
 
Wi-Fi Setup  
Purpose:  
To configure the wireless network interface.  
Values:  
Select access  
Select the access point from the list.  
WEP Key Entry  
When you select an access point using WEP as the security  
method, enter the WEP key. For 64bit keys, up to 10  
hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys, up  
to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
Passphrase Entry  
When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or  
Mixed as the encryption type, enter the passphrase of 8 to  
63 alphanumeric characters.  
Manual Setup  
Enter Network (SSID)  
Infrastructure  
Specifies a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32  
alphanumeric characters can be entered.  
Select when you configure the wireless settings through the  
access point such as a wireless router.  
No Security  
Specifies No Security to configure the wireless settings  
without specifying an encryption type from WEP, WPA-  
PSK-TKIP, and WPA-PSK-AES.  
Mixed mode PSK*  
Select to configure the wireless setting with the encryption  
type of Mixed mode PSK. Mixed mode PSK automatically  
selects the encryption type from either WPA-PSK-TKIP,  
WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.  
Passphrase  
Entry  
Specifies the passphrase of  
alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.  
WPA2-PSK-AES  
WEP  
Select to configure the wireless settings with the encryption  
type of WPA2-PSK-AES.  
PassPhrase  
Entry  
Specifies the passphrase of  
alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.  
(hex: 0-9, a-f, A-F, 16 to 64 characters)  
Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network.  
For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be  
entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters  
can be entered.  
Transmit Key  
Specifies the transmit key from Auto*,  
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3,  
and WEP Key 4.  
Ad-hoc  
Select to configure the wireless settings without the access  
point such as a wireless router.  
No Security*  
WEP  
Select to configure the wireless settings without specifying  
the encryption type from WEP.  
Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network.  
For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be  
entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters  
can be entered.  
Transmit Key  
Specifies the transmit key from WEP  
Key 1*, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and  
WEP Key 4.  
146  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
WPS Setup  
Purpose:  
To configure the wireless network using WPS.  
Values:  
Push Button  
Configuration  
Cancel*  
Cancels the wireless settings with the encryption type of WPS-PBC.  
Configures the wireless settings with the encryption type of WPS-PBC.  
Start  
PIN Code  
Start Configuration  
Configures the wireless settings using the PIN code assigned automatically  
by the printer.  
Print PIN Code  
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer  
into your computer.  
Reset Wi-Fi  
Purpose:  
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wireless network  
settings are reset to their default values.  
Wi-Fi Direct  
NOTE: When the optional wireless adapter is attached and the Ethernet cable is disconnected, Wi-Fi Directis displayed.  
Purpose:  
To configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.  
Values:  
Wi-Fi Direct  
Group Role  
Disables*  
Enables  
Disables the Wi-Fi Direct network.  
Enables the Wi-Fi Direct network.  
Auto  
Automatically resolves the group role for Wi-Fi Direct.  
Group Owner*  
Sets the printer as the Group Owner when using Wi-Fi Direct. Setting the  
printer to become the group owner makes it possible for devices to discover  
this printer. The SSID of the printer will be then displayed in the list of  
wireless networks on your Wi-Fi mobile device.  
Device Name  
Paired Device  
Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with  
up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer  
name on your Wi-Fi certified device.  
Displays the status of the Wi-Fi Direct connections between the printer  
and up to 3 Wi-Fi mobile devices.  
Disconnect Now  
Reset Passphrase  
Disconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connection.  
Disconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connection and resets the passphrase.  
SSID  
Displays the name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network. Confirm it  
when selecting the Wi-Fi Direct network name on your Wi-Fi mobile  
device.  
Passphrase  
Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into  
your Wi-Fi mobile device.  
Print Passphrase  
Reset Passphrase  
Prints the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into your  
Wi-Fi mobile device.  
Resets the passphrase.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
147  
WPS Setup  
PIN Code  
Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.  
Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network with WPS-PBC.  
Push Button  
Configuration  
PIN Code  
Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using PIN code assigned  
automatically by the printer.  
Displays the current PIN code only when WPS Setup is set to PIN Code.  
Print PIN Code  
Reset PIN Code  
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer  
into your Wi-Fi mobile device.  
Resets the PIN code.  
Ethernet  
Purpose:  
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change becomes effective after the  
printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Auto*  
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.  
Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.  
10BASE- T Half  
10BASE- T Full  
100BASE- TX Half  
100BASE- TX Full  
1000BASE- T Full  
Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.  
Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.  
Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.  
Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.  
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure TCP/IP settings.  
Values:  
IP Mode  
IPv4  
Dual Stack*  
IPv4 Mode  
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.  
IPv6 Mode  
Get IP Address  
AutoIP*  
Sets the IP address automatically. A random value in the range of  
169.254.0.0 to 169.254.255.255 that is not currently in use on the  
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set as  
255.255.0.0.  
BOOTP  
RARP  
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.  
Sets the IP address using RARP.  
Sets the IP address using DHCP.  
DHCP  
Panel  
Use this option when you want to set the IP address manually on  
the operator panel.  
IP Address  
When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the  
printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes  
up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.  
148  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Subnet Mask  
When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is  
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that  
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.  
255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.  
Gateway Address  
When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is  
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that  
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.  
127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified  
for the first octet of a gateway address.  
Ipsec*1  
Disable  
Disables Ipsec.  
*1  
Ipsec feature is available only when IPsec is enabled on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Protocols  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
LPD  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Disables the LPD port.  
Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.  
Disables the Port9100 port.  
Port9100  
FTP  
Enables the Port9100 port.  
Disables the FTP port.  
Enables the FTP port.  
IPP  
Disables IPP port.  
Enables IPP port.  
SMB TCP/IP  
WSD Print  
SNMP UDP  
E-mail Alert  
EWS  
Disables SMB TCP/IP port.  
Enables SMB TCP/IP port.  
Disables Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.  
Enables Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.  
Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.  
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.  
Disables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Enables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Disables access to the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the  
printer.  
Enable*  
Enables access to the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the  
printer.  
Bonjour(mDNS)  
Telnet  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable*  
Enable  
Disables Bonjour (mDNS).  
Enables Bonjour (mDNS).  
Disables Telnet.  
Enables Telnet.  
HTTP-SSL/TLS*1  
Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.  
Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
149  
Google Cloud Print  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disables Google Cloud Print.  
Enables Google Cloud Print.  
*1  
HTTP-SSL/TLS feature is available only when a digital certificate is set from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
IP Filter  
NOTE: IP Filter feature is available only for LPD or Port9100  
Purpose:  
.
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless network. You can set up to five IP  
addresses. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
No. n / IP Address (n is 1–5.)  
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.)  
No. n / Mode (n is 1–5.)  
Sets the IP address for Filter n.  
Sets the address mask for Filter n.  
Off*  
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.  
Accepts an access from the specified IP address.  
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.  
Accept  
Reject  
IEEE 802.1x  
NOTE: IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable and it is available only when the IEEE  
802.1x authentication is enabled.  
Purpose:  
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on  
again.  
Reset LAN  
Purpose:  
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After executing this function and rebooting  
the printer, all wired network settings are reset to their default values.  
Delete All Certificates  
Purpose:  
To delete all certificates of the printer. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all certificates are  
deleted.  
PS Data Format  
Purpose:  
To specify PostScript3 Compatible communication protocol, you can configure the PS Data Formatsettings.  
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Auto  
Used when auto-detecting the PostScript3 Compatible communication protocol.  
Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.  
Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.  
Standard  
BCP  
150  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
TBCP*  
Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch between them  
according to the specified control code.  
Binary  
Used when no special processing is required for data.  
USB Settings  
Use the USB Settingsmenu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.  
USB Port  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on  
again.  
Values:  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disables the USB interface.  
Enables the USB interface.  
PS Data Format  
Purpose:  
To specify PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol, you can configure the PS Data Formatsettings.  
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Auto  
Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.  
Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.  
Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.  
Standard  
BCP  
TBCP*  
Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch  
between them according to the specified control code.  
Binary  
Used when no special processing is required for data.  
Job Time-out  
Purpose:  
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is canceled if the time-out  
time is exceeded.  
Values:  
Off  
Disables the job time-out.  
On*  
30 seconds*  
Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.  
Available Range:  
5–300 seconds  
System Settings  
Use System Settingsto configure the power saving mode, warning tones, time-out duration, display language,  
and job log auto print settings.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
151  
   
Power Saver Timer  
CAUTION: If the Power Off Timer feature is set and the power is turned off, stored data in RAM Disk is cleared.  
Purpose:  
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.  
Values:  
Sleep  
10 minutes*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it  
finishes a job.  
Available Range: 1–60 minutes  
10 minutes*  
Deep Sleep  
Power Off Timer*1  
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode  
after it has entered Sleep mode.  
Available Range: 1–60 minutes  
Auto Detect* 180 minutes*  
Detects whether the printer is connected to a network via Ethernet  
or wireless. If the printer is connected to a network, Power Off  
Timer is disabled. If the printer is not connected to a network  
(connected via USB or Wi-Fi Direct), the printer automatically  
turns off after the specified time has elapsed. Specify the time it  
takes to automatically turn off the printer after it has entered Deep  
Sleep mode.  
Available Range:  
60–1440 minutes  
On  
Off  
180 minutes*  
Specifies the time it takes to automatically turn off the printer after  
it has entered Deep Sleep mode.  
Available Range:  
60–1440 minutes  
Disables Power Off Timer.  
*1  
Power Off Timer feature is available only in certain regions.  
When you specify 1 minute for Sleep, the printer enters power saver mode 1 minute after it finishes a job. This  
uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Specify 1 minute if your printer shares an  
electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate  
with minimum warm-up time.  
Select a value between 1 and 60 minutes for the power saver mode if you want a balance between energy  
consumption and a shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver mode when it receives data from the  
computer. You can also change the status of the printer to the standby mode by pressing the  
button on the operator panel.  
(Power Saver)  
If the Power Off Timer feature turns off the printer, the printer cannot be turned back on automatically. To turn the  
printer back on, physically turn the power switch of the printer to On.  
Auto Reset  
Purpose:  
To automatically reset the settings to the default settings and return to the standby mode after you do not specify  
any settings for the specified time.  
152  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Values:  
45sec*  
1min  
2min  
3min  
4min  
Fault Time-out  
Purpose:  
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. The print job is  
canceled if the time-out time is exceeded.  
Values:  
Off  
Disables the fault time-out.  
On*  
60 seconds*  
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops  
abnormally.  
Available Range:  
3-300 seconds  
Date & Time  
Purpose:  
To specify the date and time formats.  
Values:  
Set Date & Time  
Time Zone  
Date  
Sets the time zone.  
Sets the date depending on the Date Formatsettings.  
Sets the time.  
Time  
Date Format  
Time Format  
Sets the date format; YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, or DD/MM/YYYY.  
Sets the time in 12-hour format.  
12H  
24H*  
Sets the time in 24-hour format.  
Audio Tone  
Purpose:  
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message appears.  
Values:  
Control Panel  
Invalid Key  
Off*  
On  
Off*  
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct.  
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.  
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.  
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.  
Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.  
Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.  
Does not emit a tone when a job is complete.  
On  
Machine Ready  
Job Completed  
Off  
On*  
Off  
On*  
Emits a tone when a job is complete.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
153  
Fault Tone  
Off  
On*  
Off  
On*  
Off  
On*  
Off  
On*  
Off*  
On  
Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.  
Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.  
Alert Tone  
Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.  
Emits a tone when a problem occurs.  
Out of Paper  
Low Toner Alert  
Auto Clear Alert  
All Tones  
Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.  
Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.  
Does not emit a tone when the toner is low.  
Emits a tone when the toner is low.  
Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.  
Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.  
Disables all the alert tones.  
Off*  
On  
Enables all the alert tones at once.  
mm / inch  
Purpose:  
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.  
Values:  
Millimeters (mm)*  
Inches (")  
Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.  
Selects inch as the default measurement unit.  
NOTE: The default for mm/inchvaries depending on other settings, such as Countryand Document Size  
.
Default Paper Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the default paper size.  
Values:  
mm series  
A4*1  
Letter  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default values.  
inch series  
A4  
Letter*1  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default values.  
154  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
A4<>Letter Switch  
Purpose:  
To print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available or to print Letter size jobs on A4 size paper if Letter  
size paper is not available.  
Values:  
Off*1  
On*  
Does not print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper or Letter size jobs on A4 paper.  
Prints A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 size paper is not available in the paper trays and vice versa  
(Letter size job on A4 size paper).  
*1  
Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from  
the following:  
• Delete Job  
• Supply with correct media  
A5<>Statement Switch  
Purpose:  
To print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 size paper is not available or to print Statement size jobs on A5  
size paper if Statement size paper is not available.  
Values:  
Off*1  
On*  
Does not print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper or Statement size jobs on A5 paper.  
Prints A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa  
(Statement size job on A5 size paper).  
*1  
Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from  
the following:  
• Delete Job  
• Supply with correct media  
Auto Log Print  
Purpose:  
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not automatically print a job history report  
.
Automatically prints a job history report  
.
Print logs can also be printed using the Report / Listmenu.  
Report 2 Sided Print  
Purpose:  
To specify to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper.  
Values:  
1 Sided*  
2 Sided  
Prints reports on one side of a sheet of paper.  
Prints reports on both side of a sheet of paper.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
155  
Print ID  
Purpose:  
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.  
Values:  
Off*  
Does not print the user ID.  
Top Left  
Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.  
Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.  
Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.  
Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.  
Top Right  
Bottom Left  
Bottom Right  
NOTE: When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed correctly.  
Print Text  
Purpose:  
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL (Page Description Language) data, which is not supported by the  
printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter size paper.  
Values:  
Off  
On*  
Does not print the received data.  
Prints the received data as text data.  
Banner Sheet  
Purpose:  
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the banner sheet is loaded.  
Values:  
Insert Position  
Off*  
Does not print the banner sheet.  
Front  
Inserted before the first page of every copy.  
Inserted after the last page of every copy.  
Back  
Front & Back  
Inserted before the first page of every copy and after the last page of every  
copy.  
Specify Tray  
MPF  
The banner sheet is loaded in the MPF.  
Tray 1*  
Tray 2*1  
The banner sheet is loaded in tray1.  
The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
*1  
This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.  
RAM Disk  
Purpose:  
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print,  
and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.  
Values:  
Off  
Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print,  
Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job log.  
156  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
On  
260 MB*  
Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in increments of 20 MB.  
Available Range:  
20-320 MB  
NOTE: Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Diskmenu.  
Substitute Tray  
Purpose:  
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not match  
the paper size settings for the current job.  
Values:  
Off  
No tray size substitute accepted.  
Larger Size  
Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size, the printer substitutes paper of  
nearest size.  
Nearest Size*  
Use MPF  
Substitutes paper of nearest size.  
Substitutes paper from the MPF.  
Set Available Time  
Purpose:  
Sets the available time for the Print function.  
Values:  
Print  
Off*  
On  
Does not set the time when printing is available.  
Sets the time when printing is available.  
Sets the start time of the available time.  
Sets the end time of the available time.  
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.  
Start Time  
End Time  
Recurrence  
NOTE: Set Available Timecan be configured when Printis set to On.  
Secure Job Expiration  
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On.  
Purpose:  
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Values:  
Expiration Mode  
Expiration Time  
Off*  
On  
Does not set the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in  
the RAM disk.  
Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM  
disk.  
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
157  
Recurrence  
Daily  
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk  
daily.  
Weekly*  
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk  
weekly.  
Monthly  
Monday  
Tuesday  
Wednesday  
Thursday  
Friday  
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print monthly.  
Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as Secure Print.  
Weekly Setting  
Saturday  
Sunday*  
1 Day*  
Monthly Setting  
Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the  
RAM disk.  
Available Range:  
1-28 days  
AccessCtrl Mode  
Purpose:  
To specify who has access to printing.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not limit access to printing.  
Limits access to printing. Authentication is done using user information registered on the printer.  
Non Registered User  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not permit non-account user to print the data.  
Permits non-account user to print the data.  
AccessCtrl Error Report  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with AccessControl results in an error.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not print the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.  
Prints the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.  
158  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Letterhead 2 Sided  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Does not print on both sides of letterhead.  
Prints on both sides of letterhead.  
Low Toner Alert Msg  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.  
Values:  
Off  
On*  
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.  
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.  
S/W Download  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable download of firmware updates.  
Values:  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disables firmware updates.  
Enables firmware updates.  
Use Another Tray  
Purpose:  
To change to another paper tray when a paper size runs out in the specified paper tray.  
Values:  
Off  
On*  
Does not print on other paper sizes in other paper trays if the paper size specified in the job runs out.  
Shows a message to select another tray when the specified paper runs out in the paper tray.  
NOTE: If you select another paper tray with paper size smaller than the paper size specified in the job, the parts that do not fit  
are not printed (print size is not adjusted automatically).  
Envelope Mode Mismatch  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to display the alert window when the print job is started without setting to the envelope mode.  
Values:  
Ignore  
Does not display the alert window and continues the print job on the envelope even if a mismatch is  
detected in the printer's envelope mode settings.  
Show Warning*  
Displays the alert window to confirm whether to hold the print job and change to the envelope mode, or to  
continue the print job anyway without changing to the envelope mode.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
159  
Power On Wizard  
Purpose:  
To perform initial setup for the printer.  
Maintenance  
Use the Maintenancemenu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory, configure the plain paper quality  
adjustment settings, and configure the security settings.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
F/W Version  
Purpose:  
To confirm the current F/W version.  
Service Tag  
Purpose:  
To confirm the service tag.  
Express Code  
Purpose:  
To confirm the express service code.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify paper density settings.  
Values:  
Plain  
Light  
Normal*  
Adjust Transfer Unit  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.  
Purpose:  
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
Sets the transfer roller voltage in increments of 1. The default  
settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see  
mottles on the printed paper, try to increase the voltage. If you see  
white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage.  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
160  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
   
Covers Thick  
Rough Surface  
Label  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
Envelope  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
Postcard JPN  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -5 to (Darken) +10  
Adjust Fusing Unit  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.  
Purpose:  
To adjust the temperature setting of the fusing unit for each paper type.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
Sets the fusing unit temperature in increments of 1. The default  
settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the  
printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the  
toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the  
temperature.  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
Covers Thick  
Rough Surface  
Label  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
Envelope  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
161  
Postcard JPN  
0*  
Available Range:  
(Lighten) -3 to (Darken) +3  
Adjust Density  
Purpose:  
To adjust density level.  
Values:  
Darken  
Normal*  
Lighten  
1 to 3  
0
Adjusts the density level darker than the normal setting.  
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.  
Adjusts the density level lighter than the normal setting.  
1 to 3  
Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer.  
Values:  
Pitch Chart  
Print  
Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A  
total of two pages are printed.  
Full Page Solid  
1-Sided  
2-Sided  
Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on the paper.  
Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the  
paper.  
Print  
Print  
Begins to print a full page solid.  
Alignment Chart  
Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on  
the paper.  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To clean the transfer unit.  
Values:  
Start  
Cleans the transfer unit.  
Clean Transfer Unit  
Purpose:  
To clean the transfer unit.  
Values:  
Start  
Cleans the transfer unit.  
Toner Refresh  
Purpose:  
To clean the toner in the drum cartridge (and supply new toner from toner cartridge).  
NOTE: Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.  
162  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Values:  
Start  
Cleans the toner.  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu  
parameters are reset to their default values.  
Initialize Print Meter  
Purpose:  
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to zero.  
Reset Fusing Unit  
Purpose:  
To initialize the life counter of the fusing unit. After replacing the fusing unit, be sure to initialize its life counter.  
Reset Transfer Belt Unit  
Purpose:  
To initialize the life counter of the transfer belt unit. After replacing the transfer belt unit, be sure to initialize its life  
counter.  
Clear Job History  
Purpose:  
To clear the job history of all finished jobs.  
Clear Storage  
NOTE: Clear Storage feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On  
Purpose:  
.
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, Proof Print, and Stored Print in  
the RAM disk.  
Values:  
All Clear  
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof  
Print in the RAM disk.  
Secure Document  
Stored Document  
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.  
Deletes all files stored as Stored Print in the RAM disk.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
CAUTION: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused  
by using non-Dell toner cartridges.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
163  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are  
performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc.  
Values:  
0m*  
Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
1000m  
2000m  
3000m  
StaticMemory Ctr  
Purpose:  
To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not widen the print gap.  
Widens the print gap.  
Ghost Control  
Purpose:  
To reduce negative ghost.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not decrease negative ghosting.  
Decreases negative ghosting.  
Secure Settings  
Use the Secure Settingsmenu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items from being  
changed accidentally.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
See also:  
"Panel Lock"  
Panel Lock  
Purpose:  
To set a limited access to Admin Settingswith a password, and to set or change the password.  
164  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
   
Values:  
Panel Lock Control  
Disable*  
Enable  
Disables password protection for Admin Settings  
Enables password protection for Admin Settings  
Sets or changes the password required to access Admin Settings.  
.
.
Change Password*1  
0000–9999  
*1  
This item is available only when Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable  
.
Login Error  
NOTE: Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable.  
Purpose:  
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an administrator in the Admin  
Settingsand Report/Listmenu.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.  
5*  
Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator logs in.  
Available Range: 1-10  
Tray Settings  
Use the Tray Settingsmenu to define the print media loaded in tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
MPF  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper loaded in the MPF.  
Values:  
Paper Size*1 mm series  
Use Driver Settings*  
A4 (210 x 297 mm)  
A5 (148 x 210 mm)  
B5 (182 x 257 mm)  
Letter (8.5 x 11")  
Folio (8.5 x 13")  
Legal (8.5 x 14")  
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")  
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")  
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")  
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")  
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)  
C5 Env. (162 x 229 mm)  
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)  
Custom Size  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
165  
   
inch series  
Use Driver Settings*  
Letter (8.5 x 11")  
Folio (8.5 x 13")  
Legal (8.5 x 14")  
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")  
A4 (210 x 297 mm)  
A5 (148 x 210 mm)  
B5 (182 x 257 mm)  
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")  
Envelope #10 (4.1 x 9.5")  
Monarch Env. (3.9 x 7.5")  
DL Env. (110 x 220 mm)  
C5 Env. (162 x 229 mm)  
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)  
Custom Size  
Paper type  
Plain*  
Plain Thick  
Covers (106-163 g/m2)  
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m2)  
Rough Surface  
Labels  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Postcard JPN  
Letterhead  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Color  
MPF Mode  
Panel Specified*  
Driver Specified  
Manual  
Uses the paper size and paper type set from the operator panel.  
Uses the paper size and paper type set on the printer driver.  
When the print job is started, the printer pauses the job and  
shows the screen to prompt the user to load the paper of the  
specified size and type. To continue the job, check that the  
specified paper is loaded, and select Continueand then press  
the  
(Set) button.  
Display  
Popup*1  
Off  
Does not display a popup message that prompts to set Paper  
Typeand Paper Sizewhen paper is loaded in the MPF.  
On*  
Displays a popup message that prompts to set Paper Type  
and Paper Sizewhen paper is loaded in the MPF.  
*1  
This item is available only when MPF Modeis set to Panel Specified  
.
166  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Tray 1  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper loaded in tray1.  
Values:  
Paper Size  
mm series  
A4 (210 x 297 mm)*1  
A5 (148 x 210 mm)  
B5 (182 x 257 mm)  
Letter (8.5 x 11")  
Folio (8.5 x 13")  
Legal (8.5 x 14")  
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")  
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")  
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)  
Custom Size  
inch series  
Letter (8.5 x 11")*1  
Folio (8.5 x 13")  
Legal (8.5 x 14")  
Statement (5.5 x 8.5")  
A4 (210 x 297 mm)  
A5 (148 x 210 mm)  
B5 (182 x 257 mm)  
Executive (7.3 x 10.5")  
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)  
Custom Size  
Paper Type  
Plain*  
Plain Thick  
Covers (106-163 g/m2)  
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m2)  
Rough Surface  
Labels  
Recycled  
Postcard JPN  
Letterhead  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Color  
Display Popup  
Off  
Does not display a popup message that prompts  
to set Paper Typeand Paper Sizewhen  
paper is loaded in tray1.  
On*  
Displays a popup message that prompts to set  
Paper Typeand Paper Sizewhen paper  
is loaded in tray1.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
167  
 
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default value.  
NOTE: For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper Sizes."  
Tray 2  
NOTE: Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
Values:  
Paper Size  
mm series  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Letter  
Folio  
Legal  
Statement  
Executive  
Custom Size  
Letter  
inch series  
Folio  
Legal  
Statement  
A4  
A5  
B5  
Executive  
Custom Size  
Plain*  
Paper Type  
Plain Thick  
Covers (106-163 g/m2)  
Covers Thick (164-216 g/m2)  
Rough Surface  
Label  
Recycled  
Letterhead  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Color  
168  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
 
Display Popup  
Off  
Does not display a popup message that prompts  
to set Paper Typeand Paper Sizewhen  
paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
On*  
Displays a popup message that prompts to set  
Paper Typeand Paper Sizewhen paper  
is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.  
*1  
Denotes country-specific factory default value.  
Tray Priority  
Purpose:  
To set the priority order of the paper trays for automatic tray selection. If paper trays loaded with the same paper size  
and type exists, the paper tray is selected according to this priority order.  
Values:  
1st Priority  
MPF*  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
MPF  
Sets the MPF as the first priority.  
Sets tray1 as the first priority.  
Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the first priority.  
Sets the MPF as the second priority.  
2nd Priority*1  
Tray 1*  
Tray 2  
MPF  
Sets tray1 as the second priority.  
Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the second priority.  
Sets the MPF as the third priority.  
3rd Priority*2  
Tray 1  
Tray 2*  
Sets tray1 as the third priority.  
Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the third priority.  
*1  
The tray selected in 1st Priorityis not displayed.  
The trays selected in 1st Priorityand 2nd Priorityare not displayed.  
*2  
Panel Language  
Purpose:  
To determine the language of the text on the LCD panel.  
Values:  
English*  
Français  
Italiano  
Deutsch  
Español  
Dansk  
Nederlands  
Norsk  
Svenska  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
169  
   
Print Menu  
Use the Print Menu to print a job using the Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof  
Print features.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Secure Print  
NOTE: Secure Print feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On  
Purpose:  
.
To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you arrive at the printer and type the  
password on the operator panel.  
Values:  
Select User ID  
Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.  
All Documents*1  
document n*2  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
Print and Delete  
Deletes the specified document from print memory  
after printing it.  
Delete  
Deletes the specified document from print memory.  
1
*
*
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.  
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.  
Private Mail Box  
NOTE: Private Mail Box feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On  
Purpose:  
.
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mail Box.  
Values:  
Select User ID  
Enter the password you specified on the printer  
driver.  
All Documents*1 Print  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Delete  
Print  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
document n*2  
170  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
     
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Print and Delete  
Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
1
2
*
*
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.  
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.  
Public Mail Box  
NOTE: Public Mail Box feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On  
Purpose:  
.
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mail Box.  
Values:  
Select User ID  
All Documents*1 Print  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Delete  
Print  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
document n*2  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
1
*
*
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.  
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.  
Proof Print  
NOTE: Proof Print feature is available only when RAM Diskis set to On.  
Purpose:  
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Proof Print. When the print job is sent from the printer  
driver on the computer, a single copy is printed for you to check the print result. If you do not have problems with  
the print result, you can choose to print more copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being  
printed at one time.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
171  
   
Values:  
Select User ID  
All Documents*1 Print  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Use PC Settings  
Sets the number of copies specified on the  
printer driver.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Delete  
Print  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
Prints all documents and saves them in memory.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
document n*2  
Print and Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory after  
printing them.  
Input Number of Sets the number of copies.  
Copies  
Delete  
Deletes all documents from print memory.  
1
*
*
This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.  
2
The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.  
Panel Lock  
This feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made by the administrator. For regular  
printing, items can be selected from the menu and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items  
can be configured using the printer driver.  
NOTE: Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored Print and Tray Settings menus.  
Enabling the Panel Lock  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Secure Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that Panel Lockis highlighted, and then press the  
Ensure that Panel Lock Controlis highlighted, and then press the  
Press the button until Enableis highlighted, and then press the  
Enter the new password, and then press the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
CAUTION: Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described below allows you to reset the password.  
•
Turn off the printer. Then, while holding the  
(Menu) button, turn on the printer. Perform steps 7 and 8.  
8
Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then press the  
The password has been changed.  
(Set) button.  
172  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
   
NOTE: If you change the password while Panel Lockis Enable, perform steps 1 to 4 above. Press the  
button until  
Change Passwordis highlighted, and then press the (Set) button. Perform steps 7 and 8 above to change the  
password. This will change the password  
.
Disabling the Panel Lock  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Secure Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that Panel Lockis highlighted, and then press the  
Ensure that Panel Lock Controlis highlighted, and then press the  
Ensure that Disableis highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Enter the current password, and then press the  
The setting has been changed.  
Resetting Defaults  
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.  
The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network settings  
Panel Lock settings and password  
Login Error settings  
Set Available Time settings  
Secure Job Expiration settings  
USB Port settings  
AccessCtrl Mode settings  
AccessCtrl Error Report settings  
Non Registered User settings  
When Using the Operator Panel  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Maintenanceis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Reset Defaultsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Startis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The printer is restarted automatically.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
173  
     
174  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
15  
Print Media Guidelines  
Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and Rough Surface paper among others. Your printer provides high-  
quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid  
printing troubles. This section describes selecting and caring for print media.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.  
Paper  
For the best print quality, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample  
first before buying large quantities of any print media.  
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See  
"
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
"
and "Loading Print Media in the MPF" for  
detailed loading instructions.  
Recommended Paper  
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic paper. Business paper designed  
for general business use also provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high temperatures  
without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser printing process heats paper to high  
temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is  
acceptable for laser printers.  
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. When choosing any  
print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.  
Unacceptable Paper  
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:  
•
Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless paper, carbonless  
copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper.  
•
•
•
Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.  
Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit.  
Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±0.09 inches,  
such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms.  
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms.  
•
•
•
•
•
Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.  
Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.  
Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does not meet DIN 19 309.  
Multiple-part forms or documents.  
Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc or acid paper.  
Selecting Paper  
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.  
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:  
•
Always use new, undamaged paper.  
Print Media Guidelines  
175  
           
•
Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated  
on the paper package.  
•
•
•
•
•
Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.  
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam.  
Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.  
Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.  
Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads  
When selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:  
•
•
•
•
•
Use grain long paper for best results.  
Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.  
Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.  
Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.  
Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic copying machines. The ink must  
withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without melting or releasing hazardous emissions.  
•
Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the fusing unit. Inks that are oxidation-set  
or oil-based should meet these requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.  
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
When selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:  
•
•
Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large quantities of pre-punched paper.  
Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper already packaged in a ream. Drilled  
paper can cause jams when multiple sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.  
•
•
Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your printer may require more frequent  
cleaning and feed reliability may not be as good as standard paper.  
Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.  
176  
Print Media Guidelines  
   
Envelopes  
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling. It is recommended that you try a  
sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. See  
on loading envelopes.  
"Loading Envelopes in the MPF" for instructions  
When printing on envelopes:  
•
•
Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.  
Set the print media source to the MPF. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct size of envelope from  
the printer driver.  
2
2
•
Use envelopes made from 75 g/m (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m (28 lb bond) weight for the  
envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not exceed  
90 g/m (24 lb bond) weight.  
2
•
•
Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.  
Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or  
releasing hazardous emissions. If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the  
envelope supplier.  
•
•
Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.  
To load an envelope into the MPF, insert the envelope with the flaps closed or open and the short-edge of the  
envelope facing into the printer. The print side must be facing up.  
•
•
•
See "Loading Envelopes in the MPF" for instructions on loading envelopes.  
Use one envelope size during a print job.  
Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and the high printing temperatures may  
seal the envelopes.  
•
For best performance, do not use envelopes that:  
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Have excessive curl or twist  
Are stuck together or damaged in any way  
Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing  
Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars  
Have an interlocking design  
Have postage stamps attached  
Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position  
Have nicked edges or bent corners  
Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes  
Labels  
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.  
When selecting labels:  
•
Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401  
°F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi).  
•
•
Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.  
Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.  
CAUTION: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
Print Media Guidelines  
177  
   
When printing on labels:  
•
Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or  
releasing hazardous emissions.  
•
•
•
•
•
Set the paper type to Label in the printer driver.  
Load labels in the MPF. Tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder do not support labels.  
Do not load labels together with paper in the MPF.  
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.  
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or between die-cuts of the  
label.  
•
•
•
•
•
Do not print a label through the printer more than once.  
Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.  
Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.  
Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam.  
Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is recommended that zone coating of the  
adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04 inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and  
could void your warranty.  
WARNING: Otherwise a jam occurs in the printer and contaminate your printer and your cartridge with adhesive. As a result,  
could void your printer and cartridge warranties.  
Storing Print Media  
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid media feeding problems and uneven print  
quality.  
•
Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative  
humidity is 40 %.  
•
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.  
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so  
that the edges do not buckle or curl.  
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications  
The following tables show print media information.  
178  
Print Media Guidelines  
   
Supported Paper Sizes  
Paper size  
MPF  
Tray1  
Optional 550-sheet  
feeder  
Duplex unit  
A4 (210 x 297 mm)  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
B5 (182 x 257 mm)  
A5 (148 x 210 mm)  
Letter (8.5 x 11 in)  
Folio (8.5 x 13 in)  
Legal (8.5 x 14 in)  
Statement (5.5 x 8.5 in)  
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in)  
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in)  
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in)  
DL (110 x 220 mm)  
C5 (162 x 229 mm)  
Postcard JPN (100 x 148 mm)  
Custom*1, 2  
*1  
Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches) for the MPF and tray1, 139.7mm (5.5 icnches) to 215.9mm (8.5 inches) for the  
optional 550-sheet feeder  
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches) for the MPF and tray1, 210mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6mm (14 inches) for  
the optional 550-sheet feeder  
*2  
XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.  
Supported Paper Types  
Paper type  
MPF  
Tray1  
Optional 550-sheet  
feeder  
Duplex unit  
Side 1  
Y
Side 2  
N
Side 1  
Y
Side 2  
N
Side 1  
Y
Side 2  
N
Side 1  
Side 2  
N
Plain  
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Covers Thick  
Rough surface  
Labels  
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Envelope  
Recycled  
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Japanese Postcard  
Letterhead  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Color  
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
NOTE: For Plain paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Maintenance from  
the operator panel, Tool Box, or Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density settings, the printer uses  
the settings for Plain paper.  
Print Media Guidelines  
179  
       
Paper Type Specifications  
Paper type  
Plain  
Weight (g/m2)  
Remarks  
60–90  
-
-
-
-
Plain Thick  
Covers  
80/90–105  
106–163  
164–216  
106–163  
106–163  
91–105  
60–105  
190  
Covers Thick  
Rough surface  
Labels  
Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.  
Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.  
Envelope  
-
Recycled  
-
Japanese Postcard  
Letterhead  
Preprinted  
Prepunched  
Color  
Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.  
60–90  
-
-
-
-
60–90  
60–90  
60–90  
180  
Print Media Guidelines  
 
16  
Loading Print Media  
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.  
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This information is usually  
indicated on the print media package.  
Capacity  
Tray1 can hold:  
•
250 sheets of the standard paper.  
The optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) can hold:  
550 sheets of the standard paper.  
The multipurpose feeder (MPF) can hold:  
50 sheets of the standard paper.  
•
•
Print Media Dimensions  
The maximum dimensions of print media that the MPF and tray1 can handle are:  
•
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)  
Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
The maximum dimensions of print media that the optional 550-sheet feeder can handle are:  
•
•
Width — 139.7 mm (5.5 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)  
Length — 210 mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
This section describes how to load letterhead. For details about loading print media other than letterhead, see  
"Loading Paper."  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.  
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)  
The pre-printed paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side  
facing up as shown below.  
NOTE: Set Letterhead 2 Sidedor Letterhead Duplex Modeto Enableand Paper Typeto  
Letterhead, Preprinted, or Prepunchedfrom the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print on a single  
side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.  
Loading Print Media  
181  
             
Print media source  
Print side  
Page orientation  
Tray1 and optional 550-sheet  
feeder  
Face up  
Letterhead enters the printer  
first  
MPF  
Face up  
Letterhead enters the printer  
first  
Loading Print Media in the MPF  
1
Gently pull open the MPF cover.  
2
Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.  
182  
Loading Print Media  
   
3
Insert all media face up and top edge first into the MPF.  
NOTE: Do not force the print media into the MPF.  
4
Slide both width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the print media stack.  
NOTE: Do not force the print media into the MPF.  
5
6
On the operator panel, press the  
or  
button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Press the  
or  
button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
Loading Small Print Media in the MPF  
When loading small print media such as monarch envelope or the user-specified print media whose feed direction  
length is 191.6 mm or less in the MPF, remove the MPF from the printer.  
1
Gently pull open the MPF cover.  
Loading Print Media  
183  
 
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
3
Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.  
4
Pull up the length guide and slide it toward MPF cover until it stops.  
5
Load the print media into the MPF with the recommended print side facing up so that the top edge of the print  
media enters the printer first.  
184  
Loading Print Media  
6
Align the paper guides against the edges of the print media.  
7
Insert the MPF into the printer.  
8
9
On the operator panel, press the  
or  
button until the desired paper size is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
Press the  
or  
button until the desired paper type is highlighted, and then press the (Set) button.  
Printing on Envelopes – Envelope Mode  
To print on envelopes with better print quality, set the printer to the envelope mode. When the printer is set to the  
envelope mode, Ready(Envelope)is displayed.  
NOTE: Print jobs can be done on envelopes even when the printer is not set to the envelope mode. To get the better print results,  
set the printer to the envelope mode.  
NOTE: When the printer is in the envelope mode, print jobs cannot be done while the paper type is set to other than envelopes.  
Loading Print Media  
185  
   
To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode  
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
3
Slide the envelope switches on both sides of the fusing unit to the  
position.  
WARNING: The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.  
4
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
186  
Loading Print Media  
   
5
Close the rear cover.  
6
Confirm that Ready(Envelope)is displayed on the LCD panel.  
To Cancel the Envelope Mode  
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
Loading Print Media  
187  
   
3
Slide the envelope switches on the both sides of the fusing unit to the  
position.  
WARNING: The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.  
4
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
5
Close the rear cover.  
6
Confirm that Readyis displayed on the LCD panel, instead of Ready(Envelope).  
Loading Envelopes in the MPF  
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the MPF:  
CAUTION: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can  
cause damage to the printer.  
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid  
jams, press firmly across the whole envelopes to flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in the MPF.  
188  
Loading Print Media  
   
NOTE: The maximum height (quantity) of envelopes that can be loaded in the MPF is approximately 15 mm (0.59 inches) (15  
envelopes).  
Envelope #10, DL  
Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the  
flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.  
Monarch  
You need to pull up and slide the length guide. Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps  
closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.  
C5  
Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps open or closed and the print side up. Ensure  
that the flaps come at the bottom with the flaps open or at the top with the flaps closed when you face towards the  
printer.  
When you print with the orientation of the 1, position of the envelopes may be distorted on the output tray. In this  
case, set the orientation of the 2.  
2
1
Loading Print Media  
189  
     
Loading Letterhead in the MPF  
When you use the MPF, letterhead and hole punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side facing  
up.  
Using the MPF  
•
Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.  
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media that is designed for use in laser printer.  
For more guidelines on print media, see "Print Media Guidelines."  
•
•
Do not add or remove print media when there is still print media in the MPF or when the printer is printing from  
the MPF. This may result in a paper jam.  
Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side up and the top of the print media going into the  
MPF first.  
•
•
Do not place objects on the MPF. Also, avoid pressing down or applying excessive force on it.  
The icons on the MPF show how to load the MPF with paper, and how to turn an envelope for printing.  
Linking Trays  
The printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type of print media in them. The first tray  
will be utilized until the media runs out, and then the next tray will be used.  
NOTE: The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.  
The MPF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.  
After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media, select the Paper Type setting in the Tray  
Settings component for each source (tray).  
To disable tray linking change the paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a unique value.  
NOTE: If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray, the printer will automatically link them if the  
paper type is not specified in the printer driver properties/preferences.  
190  
Loading Print Media  
     
Printing  
17 Printing........................................................................................ 193  
191  
 
192  
17  
Printing  
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from your printer, and how to cancel a job.  
Tips for Successful Printing  
Tips on Storing Print Media  
Store your print media properly. For more information, see "Storing Print Media."  
Avoiding Paper Jams  
CAUTION: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid paper jams. See the following instructions  
on loading print media:  
•
•
•
"Loading Paper"  
"Loading Print Media in the MPF"  
"Avoiding Jams"  
If you encounter a paper jam, see "Clearing Jams."  
Sending a Job to Print  
Install the printer driver to use all the features of the printer. When you choose Print from an application, a window  
representing the printer driver opens. Select the appropriate settings for the specific job that you are sending to  
print. Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu settings selected from the operator panel or  
Tool Box.  
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the available system settings. If you are not  
familiar with a feature in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.  
To print a file from a typical Microsoft® Windows® application:  
1
2
3
4
5
Open the file you want to print.  
From the File menu, select Print  
.
Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Change the print settings if needed.  
Click Preferences to adjust system settings that are not available from the first screen, and then click OK  
Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.  
.
Printing  
193  
         
Canceling a Print Job  
There are several methods for canceling a job.  
•
•
"Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel"  
"Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows Operating System"  
®
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel  
To cancel a job after it has started printing:  
1
Press the  
(Cancel) button.  
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will continue to print.  
®
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows Operating System  
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar  
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right corner of the taskbar.  
1
Double-click the printer icon.  
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
2
3
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press the <Delete> key.  
Canceling a Job From the Desktop  
1
Click StartDevices and Printers.  
®
For Windows Vista : Click Start  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Control Panel Printers  
Devices and Printers  
Printers.  
®
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start  
.
®
For Windows Server 2008 R2: Click Start  
.
®
®
For Windows 8/Windows 8.1: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then  
click Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Devices and Printers.  
®
®
For Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner  
of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
Hardware  
Devices and Printers.  
A list of available printers appears.  
2
3
Right-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for printing, and then select See what's printing  
.
Select the printer driver.  
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
4
5
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press the <Delete> key.  
194  
Printing  
     
Duplex Printing  
Duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a sheet of paper. For sizes that are  
acceptable for duplex printing, see  
"
Supported Paper Sizes.  
"
Duplex Printing With Duplex Unit  
1
Click StartDevices and Printers.  
®
For Windows Vista : Click Start  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers.  
®
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start  
Control Panel  
Printers.  
®
For Windows Server 2008 R2: Click Start  
Devices and Printers.  
®
®
For Windows 8/Windows 8.1: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then  
click Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Devices and Printers.  
®
®
For Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2: On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner  
of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
Hardware  
Devices and Printers.  
2
3
Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.  
The General tab appears.  
From Paper Source, select the paper tray.  
For PCL driver:  
Select from Auto  
For PS driver:  
Select from Automatically Select  
From Duplex, select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge  
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Short Edge and Flip on Long Edge options, see "Flip on Short Edge" and "Flip on Long Edge."  
Click OK  
,
Tray1, Tray2, or MPF.  
,
Tray1, Tray2, or MPF.  
4
5
.
.
Using Booklet Print  
To use the booklet print feature, select the Enable check box of the Booklet Printing in the Layout tab.  
NOTE: When the XML Paper Specification (XPS) or PS driver is used, booklet print is not available.  
NOTE: You must select Flip on Long Edge in the Duplex when using the Booklet Print feature.  
Printing  
195  
       
Flip on Long Edge  
Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for portrait orientation and top edge  
for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and  
landscape pages:  
Portrait  
Landscape  
Flip on Short Edge  
Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for portrait orientation and left  
edge for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait  
and landscape pages:  
Portrait  
Landscape  
Using the Stored Print Feature  
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify the information such as user ID, password, and job name in the  
printer driver to store the job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job, select the desired job name in the  
memory using the operator panel.  
NOTE: The data in the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.  
NOTE: Stored Print feature is available when:  
•
•
The RAM disk is enabled in the printer menu.  
RAM Disk is set to Available in the printer driver.  
196  
Printing  
       
Overview  
The stored printing feature includes the following job types.  
Secure Print  
You can temporarily store print jobs secured with a password in the memory. Users with the password can print them  
from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A stored print job will be deleted  
after you print it or at a designated time.  
Enter the password from  
the operator panel.  
Print data.  
Send confidential data.  
Confidential  
Data is deleted at a  
designated time.  
Private Mail Box Print  
You can store print jobs secured with a password in the memory. Users with the password can print them at a more  
convenient time from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. The stored jobs  
remain in the memory until you delete them from the operator panel.  
Enter the password from  
the operator panel.  
Print data.  
Send data.  
Public Mail Box Print  
You can store print jobs without a password in the memory. Any user can print them at a more convenient time from  
the operator panel. The stored jobs remain in the memory until you delete them from the operator panel.  
Print data.  
Send data.  
Printing  
197  
 
Proof Print  
The collated print job is stored in the memory, but a single copy is printed automatically so you can check the print  
result. If you do not have problems with the print result, you can choose to print more copies. This prevents large  
number of misprinted copies from being printed at one time.  
One set is  
printed.  
Print the rest of sets  
from the operator panel.  
Check if the print result  
is OK.  
Send data.  
The difference between each of the job types are listed below. If you want to set the password for confidentiality,  
store the jobs in the Secure Print or Private Mail Box Print.  
Job types  
Secure Print  
Password  
Differences  
Y
• The stored jobs will be deleted at a designated time.  
• You cannot specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel. The  
quantity of copies depends on the number you specified on the printer  
driver.  
Private Mail Box Print  
Public Mail Box Print  
Proof Print  
Y
N
N
• The stored jobs remain until you delete them from the operator panel.  
• You can specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel.  
• The print job is set to collate.  
• A single copy is printed automatically.  
• The stored jobs remain until you delete them from the operator panel.  
• You can specify the quantity of copies from the operator panel.  
NOTE: If a print job is too large for the memory available, the printer may display an error message.  
Procedures for Printing Stored Print  
NOTE: The stored print feature is available when using the PCL or PS driver.  
When you select a job type in the printer driver, the job will be stored in the memory until you request to print it  
from the operator panel. The following are procedures for storing and printing jobs.  
Storing Print Jobs  
To use the stored print feature, you need to select a job type other than Normal Print in the General tab of the  
printer driver. The job will be stored in the memory until you request to print it from the operator panel.  
NOTE: Secure Print and Private Mail Box Print require specifying a password for confidentiality.  
NOTE: If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the printer driver, the job's name will be identified using the  
printer's time and date of submission to distinguish it from other jobs you have stored under your name.  
Printing the Stored Jobs  
1
2
3
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Print Menuis highlighted, and then press the  
button until the desired job type is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
198  
Printing  
   
4
5
Press the  
button until the desired user ID is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
NOTE: Secure Print and Private Mail Box Print require specifying a password for confidentiality. If you select Public  
Mail Box Print or Proof Print, proceed to step 6.  
Enter the password using the number pad, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
For details about specifying the password, see "Specifying your password on the operator panel (Secure  
Print/Private Mail Box Print)."  
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
button until the desired document is highlighted, and then press the  
button until the desired print menu is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
NOTE: If you want to keep the data in the memory for the time being, select Print. For Secure Print, only Print and  
Deleteis available.  
8
Press the  
button until the desired quantity menu is highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
NOTE: If you select Input Number of Copies, enter the number using the number pad, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The stored document will be printed.  
Specifying your password on the operator panel (Secure Print/Private Mail Box Print)  
When you select Secure Printor Private Mail Box from Print Menu, a screen to enter the password  
appears after selecting your user ID.  
Use the number pad to enter the numeric password you specified in the printer driver. The password you entered will  
appear as asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.  
If you enter an invalid password, the message Wrong Password Re-enterappears. Wait 3 seconds, or press the  
(Set) button or  
(Cancel) button to return to the screen for entering the password.  
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the user ID and password you entered.  
The print jobs matching the password you entered appear on the screen. You can then choose to print or delete jobs  
matching the password you entered. (See "Printing the Stored Jobs" for more information.)  
Deleting Stored Jobs  
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing or deleted at a designated time entered on  
the operator panel.  
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them from the operator panel.  
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
This section provides information for network printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD), the protocol of  
Microsoft® for Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, Windows Server® 2008, Windows  
Server® 2008 R2, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2.  
Adding Roles of Printer Services  
When you use Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 R2 , Windows Server® 2012, or Windows Server®  
2012 R2, you need to add the roles of print services to the Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 R2 ,  
Windows Server® 2012, or Windows Server® 2012 R2 client.  
For Windows Server® 2008:  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Administrative Tools  
Server Manager  
.
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.  
Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next  
.
Printing  
199  
       
4
5
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next  
Click Install  
.
.
For Windows Server® 2008 R2:  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.  
Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and  
then click Next  
Click Next  
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next  
Click Install  
Administrative Tools  
Server Manager  
.
.
4
5
6
.
.
.
For Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2:  
1
2
3
Click Server Manager of the Start screen.  
Select Add Roles and Features from the Manage menu.  
Click Next on the Before You Begin window Select installation type on the Installation Type window  
destination server on the Server Selection window in the Add Roles and Features Wizard  
Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window, and then click Next  
Select features on the Features window Confirm installation selections on the Confirmation window.  
Click Install  
Select  
.
4
5
6
.
.
Printer Setup  
You can install your new printer on the network using the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your  
printer, or using the Add Printer wizard on Microsoft® Windows®.  
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard  
®
1
Click Start  
and Windows Server 2008).  
Devices and Printers  
(
Start  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers for Windows Vista  
®
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2:  
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
Hardware  
®
®
and Sound  
Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer  
In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click Next  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2)  
Devices and Printers.  
2
3
4
.
.
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the form of http://IP  
address/ws/.  
NOTE: If no Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP address manually to  
create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer. To enter the printer's IP address manually, follow the instructions below.  
For Windows Server® 2008 R2, to create a Web Services on Devices (WSD) printer, you must be a member of  
Administrators group.  
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.  
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.  
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.  
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and click Next.  
200  
Printing  
   
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server® 2008 R2 or Windows® 7, perform one  
of the following:  
•
•
Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your computer.  
Add the printer driver to your computer.  
5
If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an administrator password or  
confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation.  
6
7
Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish  
.
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
Click Start  
Vista and Windows Server 2008).  
Devices and Printers  
(
Start  
Control Panel  
Hardware and Sound  
Printers for Windows  
®
®
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2:  
On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  
®
®
Hardware and Sound  
Printers  
(
Hardware for Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2012 R2)  
Devices and  
.
®
b
c
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Printer properties  
Windows Server 2008).  
(
Properties for Windows Vista and  
®
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.  
Printing With Wi-Fi Direct  
This section provides information for Wi-Fi Direct printing. Wi-Fi Direct allows your Wi-Fi mobile devices such as  
computers, smart phone, and tablets, to connect to the printer directly via a Wi-Fi network. With Wi-Fi Direct, you  
can print documents, photos, or e-mail on your Wi-Fi mobile devices directly without a wireless access point.  
NOTE: Wi-Fi Direct is available when the optional wireless adapter is installed.  
NOTE: Only printing function is available via the Wi-Fi Direct network.  
NOTE: The maximum number of devices that can be connected via the Wi-Fi Direct network is 3.  
NOTE: You cannot connect your mobile device to the Internet via the printer’s Wi-Fi Direct network.  
NOTE: Depending on the device, the channel used to connect the device to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct may differ from the  
channel used by the printer to connect to a network via Wi-Fi infrastructure mode. In such a case, simultaneous connection with  
Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi infrastructure mode may not work properly.  
NOTE: The printer connected with Wi-Fi Direct supports the following protocols; LPD, Port9100, Web Services on Devices  
(WSD) (print), Bonjour (mDNS), SNMPv1/v2c, Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct  
To use Wi-Fi Direct, you need to first set up the Wi-Fi Direct settings from the operator panel of the printer. To  
connect the mobile device to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct, select the SSID of the printer from the list of wireless  
networks on the mobile device and enter the passphrase necessary for connection.  
Setting Up the Printer  
1
2
3
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(
Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
button until Wi-Fi Directis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
(
(
Ensure that Wi-Fi Directis highlighted, and then press the  
(
Printing  
201  
   
6
Press the  
When a popup message about the devices is displayed, press the  
The printer must be rebooted after you set Wi-Fi Direct. After the reboot, repeat steps from 1 to 5.  
button until Enableis highlighted, and then press the  
(
Set) button.  
(
Set) button to select Close  
.
7
8
9
Press the  
button until Group Roleis highlighted, and then press the  
button to select Group Owner, and then press the Set) button.  
button until SSIDand Passphraseappears, and then press the  
check what the SSID and passphrase is.  
(Set) button.  
Press the  
(
10 Press the  
(Set) button each menu to  
Connecting the Mobile Device  
1
Connect the mobile device to the Wi-Fi Direct network.  
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows RT, and Windows RT 8.1  
a
b
c
d
Tap Settings in the PC settings menu.  
Tap the Wi-Fi icon.  
Tap the printer’s SSID, and then tap Connect  
.
Enter the passphrase, and then tap Next  
.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.  
®
For Windows  
7
a
b
c
d
Click the network icon on the taskbar.  
Click the printer’s SSID, and then click Connect  
Enter the passphrase, and then click OK  
.
.
Click Cancel to exit the Set Network Location window.  
The mobile device will connect to the printer.  
®
For Windows Vista  
a
b
c
Click Start  
Connect To.  
Click the printer’s SSID.  
Enter the passphrase, and then click Connect  
The mobile device will connect to the printer.  
.
For iOS  
a
b
c
Tap Settings  
Wi-Fi.  
Tap the printer’s SSID.  
Enter the passphrase, and then tap Join  
.
The mobile device will connect to the printer.  
For Android  
The procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to the manual provided with your  
mobile device.  
2
Install the printer on the mobile device.  
®
®
®
®
For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows RT, and Windows RT 8.1  
a
b
Click Devices in the PC settings menu.  
Click Add a device in the Devices sub-menu.  
202  
Printing  
c
Click Dell_xxxxxx.  
The printer is ready for use.  
®
®
For Windows Vista and Windows  
7
®
You need to install the printer driver on the mobile device. See "Installing Printer Drivers on Windows  
Computers."  
For iOS  
You need to install the printing application such as Mobile Print App for Dell, and then the printer is ready for use.  
For Android  
You need to install the printing application such as Dell Mobile Print, and then the printer is ready for use.  
Printing via Wi-Fi Direct  
The printing procedure varies depending on your mobile device you are using. Refer to the manual provided with  
your mobile device to print as you normally do from the device.  
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(
Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(
Set) button.  
(
button until Wi-Fi Directis highlighted, and then press the  
(
button until Paired Deviceis highlighted, and then press the  
(
(
Set) button to select the device name.  
button until Disconnectis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Startis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
(
Set) button.  
(
Resetting the Passphrase  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(
Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
Set) button.  
Set) button.  
(
Set) button.  
(
button until Wi-Fi Directis highlighted, and then press the  
(
button until Paired Deviceis highlighted, and then press the  
(
(
Set) button to select the device name.  
button until Reset Passphraseis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Startis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
(
Set) button.  
(
The Wi-Fi Direct is disconnected and the passphrase is reset.  
Printing  
203  
         
Resetting the PIN  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(
Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the Set) button.  
(
Set) button.  
(
button until Wi-Fi Directis highlighted, and then press the  
(
Set) button.  
button until PIN Codeis highlighted, and then press the  
(
Set) button.  
button until Reset PIN Codeis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
The Wi-Fi Direct is disconnected and the PIN is reset.  
Mobile Printing  
The Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn supports printing from a variety of mobile devices.  
Android OS  
Download the Dell Document Hub app for free from Google Play. Easy to use and navigate, the Dell Document  
Hub app enables direct printing of photos, documents web content and more, to supported Dell printers on a Wi-Fi,  
Wi-Fi Direct, or Ethernet network.  
Scan the QR Code for quick access to the relevant application store.  
For Android OS  
Apple iOS  
This printer is compatible with AirPrint. For details about AirPrint, see "Printing With AirPrint." This printer is also  
compatible with Dell Document Hub App, available for free download from App Store.  
Scan the QR Code for quick access to the relevant application store.  
For Apple iOS  
204  
Printing  
       
Printing With AirPrint  
AirPrint allows you to print through a network with the device running iOS or OS X.  
Be sure to install the latest version of iOS for iOS device. For OS X, be sure to update OS X and the apps  
you have purchased from the App Store using the Software Update.  
Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is connected to the network.  
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.  
For more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool."  
3
When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool opens, click Print Server Settings in the left frame, and click the  
Print Server Settings tab.  
4
5
6
7
Click AirPrint  
In Enable AirPrint, select the check box to enable the printer for AirPrint.  
Click Apply New Settings  
Click Restart Printer  
.
.
.
Printing via AirPrint  
The following procedure uses the iPhone running iOS8.1 as an example.  
1
2
3
4
5
Open your email, photo, web page, or document you want to print.  
Tap the action icon  
Tap Print  
Select your printer and set printer options.  
Tap Print  
.
.
.
Printing With Google Cloud Print  
By registering the printer to your Google account, you can use the Google Cloud Print service to print from the  
Google Chrome browser without installing the printer drivers to your device. You can also share the printer with the  
specified users over the Internet.  
The printer supports the following version of the Google Cloud Print service:  
•
•
Google Cloud Print version 1.1  
Google Cloud Print version 2.0  
NOTE: Information about Google Cloud Print is based on the information as of December 2014. For the latest information, visit  
the Google Cloud Print web site.  
NOTE: Use the latest version of the Google Chrome browser for Google Cloud Print.  
Preparing to Use the Printer with Google Cloud Print  
To use Google Cloud Print, you need the following preparations in advance:  
•
•
•
•
"Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer"  
"Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service"  
"Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service"  
"Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service"  
Printing  
205  
         
NOTE: To register the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, the printer needs to be connected to the Internet.  
NOTE: Google Cloud Print supports only IPv4 connection.  
NOTE: If the printer is connected to a network that uses a proxy server, you need to specify the settings in Proxy Server from the  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For more information, see "Proxy Server."  
NOTE: Acquire a Google account and a Gmail address in advance.  
Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer  
When using the operator panel  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Settingsis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
button until Networkis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
button until Protocolsis highlighted, and then press the  
button until Google Cloud Printis highlighted, and then press the  
(Set) button.  
(Set) button.  
Ensure that Enableis highlighted, and then press the  
When the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restartis displayed, press the  
(Back) button.  
8
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.  
When using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
1
2
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering IP address of the printer in your web browser. For  
more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool."  
When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool opens, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab. Click Port  
Settings. In Port Status, select the On check box for Google Cloud Print  
.
Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service  
Select the version of the Google Cloud Print service from either version 1.1 or version 2.0.  
Google Cloud Print version 1.1 sends the print data to the printer via Internet. For this version, the printer needs to  
be connected to the Internet.  
206  
Printing  
   
Google Cloud Print version 2.0 sends the print data to the printer either via Internet or via local network. This  
version is recommended for the environment where the Internet connection cannot be used.  
NOTE: Available options for printing may vary according to your device or the version of the Google Cloud Print service.  
NOTE: You cannot use both version 1.1 and version 2.0 of the Google Cloud Print service on a printer.  
Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service  
Before registering the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, prepare the Google account to which the printer is  
registered.  
NOTE: To register the printer to the Google Cloud Print service, the printer needs to be connected to the Internet.  
NOTE: The Google account which is used in the registration procedure will be registered as the owner.  
For Google Cloud Print Version 1.1  
1
2
3
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering IP address of the printer in your web browser. For  
more information, see "Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" and "Starting the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool."  
When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool opens, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab. Click  
Register This Device to Google Cloud Print in Google Cloud Print. A sheet with a URL for the Google Cloud  
Print printer registration web site is printed.  
From the web browser of your computer, visit the Google web site and sign in with your Google account. Visit the  
Google Cloud Print registration web site by entering the URL on the printout into your web browser. You can also  
visit the site by scanning the QR code with your mobile device.  
4
5
On the Google Cloud Print registration web site, click Finish printer registration.  
Click Manage your printers. Your printer will be listed in the Printers list and will be ready for use with the Google  
Cloud Print service.  
NOTE: When the printer does not print a sheet with a URL and shows a message of the status code 016-757, launch the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool, open the Dell AccessControl page in the Print Volume tab, and either turn AccessControl Mode  
to Off or turn Non Registered User to On.  
For Google Cloud Print Version 2.0  
1
Launch the Google Chrome browser. When you are using the Google Chromebook, start and log in to the  
Chromebook.  
2
3
Click  
in the top right corner, and select Settings.  
Click Show advanced settings in the bottom of the page.  
Printing  
207  
 
4
5
6
Click Manage under the Google Cloud Print menu.  
NOTE: If a message is displayed under New Devices to request you to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to  
Chrome.  
Click Register for the printer you want to register.  
NOTE: If Bonjour (mDNS) is set to off, the new printer will not show in New devices. In this case, launch the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool, open the Port Settings page in the Print Server Settings tab, and turn Bonjour (mDNS) to On.  
When the window to confirm the registration appears, click Register  
.
The window appears to show that the printer is being added.  
7
8
Go to the printer, and follow the instructions displayed on the operator panel.  
When the printer name appears in the My devices list, the registration is completed.  
NOTE: It may take about 5 minutes or more until the printer name appears in the My devices list.  
Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service  
You can share the printer registered for the Google Cloud Print service with other users.  
1
Launch the Google Chrome browser. When you are using the Google Chromebook, start and log in to the  
Chromebook.  
2
3
4
Click  
in the top right corner, and select Settings.  
Click Show advanced settings in the bottom of the page.  
Click Manage under the Google Cloud Print menu.  
NOTE: If a message is displayed to request you to sign in to Chrome, click sign in and sign in to Chrome.  
5
6
7
Click Manage for the printer you want to share.  
In the Google Cloud Print window, click Share  
In the window to specify the printer sharing, enter the Google accounts of the users you want to invite to share the  
printer, and click Share  
.
.
NOTE: When the invited users log in to the Google Cloud Print web page, a message appears to show that the printer owner  
made the sharing settings. Accept the sharing invitation.  
Canceling Registration to Google Cloud Print  
1
Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, open the Google Cloud Print page in the Print Server Settings  
tab.  
2
3
Click Cancel Registration  
.
Confirm that the button changes to Register This Device to Google Cloud Print  
.
Printing via Google Cloud Print  
The printing procedure varies depending on the application or the device you are using. You can see the application  
list that supports Google Cloud Print service on the Google web site.  
Printing From an Application on a Mobile Device  
The following procedure uses the Google Drive application on an Android mobile device as an example.  
1
Install the Google Drive application on your mobile device.  
NOTE: You can download the application from Google Play.  
Access the Google Drive application from your mobile device and select the document.  
Select Print from the application menu.  
2
3
208  
Printing  
     
4
5
Select your printer from the list.  
Select printer options and then tap Print  
.
Printing From Google Chrome  
The following procedure uses the Google Chrome browser on the computer running a Microsoft® Windows®  
operating system as an example.  
1
2
3
Open the Google Chrome browser.  
Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.  
Click  
click Print  
or  
.
(varies depending on the version of the Google Chrome browser) in the top right corner and then  
4
5
Click Change in the Destination area.  
Choose your printer from the Google Cloud Print area.  
NOTE: When your printer is registered to Google Cloud Print version 2.0, you can print the document by way of the local  
print with the printer in your local network. In this case, select your printer in Local Destinations.  
6
Click Print.  
Printing From Google Chromebook  
1
2
3
Open the web page or e-mail that you want to print.  
Click in the top right corner and then click Print  
.
Confirm that your printer is specified in the Destination area. If not, click Change and select your printer.  
NOTE: When your printer is registered to Google Cloud Print version 2.0, you can print the document by way of the local  
print with the printer in your local network. In this case, select your printer in Local Destinations.  
4
Click Print.  
Printing a Report Page  
You can print a variety of settings for your printer including printer settings, panel setting, and font list. For details about  
how to print reports or lists, see "Report / List."  
Printer Settings  
You can change most of the print settings from the application you are printing from. If your printer is attached to  
the network, you can also change settings from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To launch the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. To find your printer's IP address,  
see "Verifying the IP Settings."  
Settings from the application update the default system settings for the printer. Settings from the printer driver only  
apply to the job that you are currently sending to the printer.  
If you cannot change a setting from the application, use the operator panel, Tool Box or the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. Changing a system setting from the operator panel, Tool Box or from the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.  
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a printer settings report. For details about how to print a  
printer settings report, see "Report / List."  
You can reset settings to their default values from the Tool Box or the operator panel.  
Printing  
209  
   
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings  
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.  
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see some menu items are highlighted.  
These highlighted items are the factory default and original system settings.  
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.  
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, the item selected is highlighted to identify it as the current  
user default menu setting.  
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.  
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to change the operator panel defaults.  
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer Settings  
If your printer is connected to the network, you can change the printer settings from your web browser. If you are a  
network administrator, you can clone the system settings of one printer to one or all the printers on the network.  
Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser. Choose Printer Settings from the topics list. From the  
Printer Settings tab, select the System Settings to change the printer settings.  
To change the paper type and size, choose Tray Settings from the topics list. To change the AccessControl settings,  
choose Print Volume from the topics list, and then select the Dell AccessControl tab.  
To copy your system settings to another printer on the network, choose Copy Printer Settings from the topics list,  
and then type the other printer's IP address.  
If you do not know your printer's IP address, see the printer settings report or display the TCP/IP settings. For details  
about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP Settings."  
210  
Printing  
   
Know Your Printer  
18 Understanding Your Printer Software ................................... 213  
19 Using Digital Certificates ......................................................... 227  
20 Understanding Printer Messages .......................................... 235  
21 Specifications............................................................................ 239  
211  
 
212  
18  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
Use the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer to install a combination of software  
programs, depending on your operating system.  
Printer Status Window  
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs, for example, when a paper  
jam occurs or the toner is running low.  
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs. When an error occurs, the error message  
appears on the Printer Status window. You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in  
Printing Status Window Properties.  
You can also check the toner level, the quantity of paper remaining or the configuration of options for the printer.  
Status Monitor Console  
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status Window for a particular printer.  
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to open a Status Window for a  
particular printer.  
Dell Supplies Management System  
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All Programs menu or the desktop icon.  
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.  
1
Click Start  
System  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Dell Supplies Management  
.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
2
3
Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
If you are ordering from the web:  
a
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.  
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site  
.
NOTE: When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by two-way communication, a window prompting  
you to type the Service Tag appears. Type the Service Tag of your Dell printer in the field provided.  
Your Service Tag is located inside the front cover of your printer.  
4
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section.  
User Setup Disk Creating Tool  
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder of the Utilities folder on the Software  
and Documentation disc and the printer drivers located on the Software and Documentation disc are used to create  
driver installation packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package can contain a group of  
saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:  
•
•
•
Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)  
Watermarks  
Font references  
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings on multiple computers running the same operating  
system, create a setup disk in a floppy disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have created  
will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer driver.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
213  
   
•
•
Install the printer driver in the computer on which the setup disk is to be created.  
The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk was created or computers running the  
same operating system. Create a separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.  
Software Update  
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support web site located at dell.com/support.  
Printer Utility Software  
You can open the Status Window, Tool Box, updater, and Troubleshooting using the Quick Launch Utility window.  
NOTE: Quick Launch Utility is only supported on Microsoft® Windows®.  
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility when you install the Dell software.  
To install the Dell software, follow the instructions below.  
1
Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy  
Install program launches automatically.  
2
3
4
Click Main Menu.  
Click Connect. Select Software and Documentation, and then click Next  
.
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:  
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers  
1
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Quick Launch Utility  
.
The Quick Launch Utility window provides three buttons: Status Window, Tool Box, Updater, and  
Troubleshooting.  
To exit the Quick Launch Utility window:  
1
Click the Close (x) button at the top-right of the window.  
For details, click Help of each application.  
Status Window  
The Status Window button opens the Printer Status window. For more information about using Status Window,  
refer to "Printer Status Window."  
Tool Box  
The Tool Box button opens the Tool Box.  
Updater  
The Updater button updates the printer firmware.  
214  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
       
Troubleshooting  
The Troubleshooting button opens the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows you to solve problems by yourself.  
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh  
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer through the exchange of  
information between the Macintosh and the printer.  
Status Monitor Widget Feature  
•
•
•
Monitoring Dell Printers  
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your Macintosh  
Receiving Alerts  
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner  
Ordering Supplies  
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies  
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget  
Operating systems  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mac OS X 10.5  
Mac OS X 10.6  
OS X 10.7  
OS X 10.8  
OS X 10.9  
OS X 10.10  
Network protocols and interfaces  
•
•
•
•
LPR  
Socket 9100  
Bonjour  
USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model via USB cables, only the printer  
recognized first can be monitored in the Status Monitor Widget.)  
Installing the Status Monitor Widget  
1
2
Double-click the Dell S2810dn Installer icon in the Finder window.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
When the Install Succeeded screen appears, the installation is complete.  
NOTE: Entering the administrative login name and password are required during the installation process.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
215  
         
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget  
Opening the Status Monitor Widget  
1
Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.  
2
Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.  
3
Click the icon of Status Monitor in the Widget Bar. The Printer Status window appears.  
NOTE: If the message Select a printer is displayed, select your printer in Preferences. (For more information on  
Preferences, see "Preferences.")  
Closing the Status Monitor Widget  
Click the Close (x) button in the upper-left corner of the Printer Status window.  
1
Printer Status Window  
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window appears on Dashboard.  
Printer Status Message Area  
Displays a message of the current printer status.  
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be specified in  
Preferences. Also, the printer status is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.  
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get printer information is  
displayed.  
NOTE: When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status of the printer during a print job.  
216  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
   
Printer Status Image Area  
Displays the image of printer condition.  
•
Estimated Toner Level image  
Displays the estimated toner level if the printer is functioning properly.  
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the Unknown toner image is displayed.  
Printer error image  
•
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.  
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.  
Order Supplies button  
Click this button to display the Order window.  
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.  
Info (i) button  
Click this button to open Preferences.  
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the Printer Status window.  
The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.  
Order Window  
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by telephone or from the web site.  
To open the Order window:  
1
Click Order Supplies in the Printer Status window.  
The Order window appears.  
NOTE: The Order window appears when low toner is detected.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
217  
 
Order Online  
•
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink  
Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink to access the web site for ordering Dell printer  
supplies.  
•
URL list  
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.  
Select a URL address to use when the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink is clicked.  
Order By Phone  
•
Phone number list  
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell printer supplies.  
•
Update phone contacts when rebooting check box  
Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.  
Dell and the Environment  
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.  
Preferences  
To open Preferences:  
1
Click the info (i) button in the Printer Status window.  
Preferences appears.  
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when the cursor is over the Printer Status  
window. The info (i) button is a standard used across all widgets.  
218  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
 
Printer  
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first printer displayed in this list is set as  
default.  
Status Update Interval  
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to obtain the printer information every  
10 seconds. It can be set from 0 to 600 seconds.  
SNMP Community Name  
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community name if using default community  
name (public). Up to 31 characters can be entered.  
Get Tag button  
Click this button to obtain the service tag.  
NOTE: You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB cable.  
done button  
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.  
Status Monitor Console for Linux  
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the printer through the exchange of  
information between the Linux and the printer.  
Status Monitor Console Feature  
•
•
•
Monitoring Dell Printers  
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your Linux.  
Receiving Alerts  
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.  
Ordering Supplies  
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
219  
   
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console  
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.  
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xdg-open  
Please confirm that these modules are installed before you install the Status Monitor Console  
.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a network (LPR or Socket 9100). USB  
connection is not supported.  
Distributions  
•
•
•
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop  
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11  
Ubuntu 12.04 LTS  
Printing system  
•
CUPS (Common Unix Printing System)  
Installing the Status Monitor Console  
1
2
Activate the terminal, and log in as a super user.  
Type the following rpm command in the terminal window.  
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux® 6 Desktop or SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11  
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)  
On Ubuntu 12.04 LTS  
# dpkg -i(Type the package file name)  
Starting the Status Monitor Console  
1
Click Dell Printers  
Status Monitor Console  
The Printer Selection window appears.  
For more information on Printer Selection window, see "Printer Selection Window."  
2
Select your printer.  
The Printer Status window appears.  
For more information on Printer Status window, see "Printer Status Window."  
•
You can order supplies from the Dell Supplies Management System window. See "Dell Supplies Management  
System Window."  
220  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
     
Printer Selection Window  
Printers list  
All the printers registered in the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) are displayed in a list.  
•
Status icons:  
Ready  
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low  
Cover Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper  
Settings button  
Click this button to open the Settings window.  
Details button  
Click this button to open the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer is selected, it opens the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. For details on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration  
Web Tool."  
Refresh button  
Click this button to update the information of printers.  
Close button  
Click this button to close the Printer Selection window  
.
Printer Status Window  
When the printer is specified in the Printer Selection window, the Printer Status window appears.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
221  
   
Printer Status Message Area  
Displays a message of the current printer status.  
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console automatically obtains the printer information at the updated interval that can be specified in  
the Settings window. Also, the printer status is refreshed when the Refresh is clicked.  
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the message Cannot get printer information is  
displayed.  
Printer Status Image Area  
•
Current Toner Status icons  
Displays icons of the current status of toner.  
The toner level is more than 30%.  
The toner level is less than 29%.  
The toner level is less than 9%.  
The toner level is unknown.  
•
Estimated Toner Level image  
Keeps you informed about the amount of toner that remains.  
Toner Alert  
Displays an alert message when the remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.  
Order Online  
•
Order Supplies Online button  
Click this button to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies. This button appears when the amount  
of toner becomes less than 30%.  
Refresh button  
Click this button to update the status of the printer.  
Close button  
Click this button to close the Printer Status window.  
Dell Supplies Management System Window  
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by telephone or from the web site.  
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:  
1
Click Order Supplies Online button in the Printer Status window.  
OR  
Click Dell Printers  
Dell Supplies Management System.  
222  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
 
Select Printer Model  
Select your printer model name.  
Order Online  
•
Order Supplies Online button  
•
•
When the Regular URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:  
Click this button to open the Service Tag window.  
When the Premier URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL  
:
Click this button to open the procurement and support web site.  
•
Select Reorder URL  
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies. Select a URL address to use when the  
Order Supplies Online button is clicked.  
•
•
Regular URL: http://Accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx  
Premier URL: http://premier.dell.com  
Order by Phone  
•
To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following  
Select your country with phone number from the list, and call the displayed telephone number to order supplies.  
•
Update phone contacts when rebooting check box  
Select this check box to regularly update the phone number list.  
Dell and the Environment  
Click the hyperlink to access the web site about recycling.  
Close button  
Click this button to close the Dell Supplies Management System window.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
223  
Service Tag Window  
1
Enter the Dell printer service tag.  
NOTE: For information on the service tag, see "Express Service Code and Service Tag."  
Settings Window  
To open the Settings window:  
1
Click Settings in the Printer Selection window.  
The Settings window appears.  
Update of status  
•
Printer Status is regularly updated check box  
Select the check box to enable/disable the printer status to be updated by the specified interval.  
•
Update interval text box  
Specify the update interval of the printer status.  
Port Number Settings  
•
Port Number  
Specify the port number in the Port Number text box to open the setting page of your printer in a web browser.  
Protocol Settings - SNMP  
•
Community Name  
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the Community Name text box.  
224  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
   
Order URL  
Select Reorder URL  
•
The selected URL address is set as default web site for the Select Reorder URL in the Dell Supplies Management  
System window.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
225  
226  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
19  
Using Digital Certificates  
The authentication feature using digital certificates upgrades security when sending print data or setting data.  
This chapter describes how to manage digital certificates.  
The printer supports the following formats as the digital certificates.  
•
•
PKCS#12  
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI), Wi-Fi (WPA-Enterprise)  
PKCS#7 (for CSR)  
HTTPS, IPsec (PKI)  
NOTE: For information about digital certificate error, see "Understanding Printer Messages" and "Digital Certificate Problems."  
The following is a typical setup flow for using digital certificates.  
Prepare to manage digital certificates.  
•
Set HTTPS Communication  
Import and set digital certificates.  
•
•
•
Import a Digital Certificate  
Set a Digital Certificate  
Confirm the Settings of a Digital Certificate  
Set various security features using digital certificates.  
Managing Certificates  
This section describes how to manage digital certificates as follows.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"Preparing to Manage Certificates"  
"Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"  
"Importing a Digital Certificate"  
"Setting a Digital Certificate"  
"Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate"  
"Deleting a Digital Certificate"  
"Exporting a Digital Certificate"  
Preparing to Manage Certificates  
Before managing digital certificates, the following settings must be applied.  
•
•
"Setting HTTPS Communication"  
"Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"  
Using Digital Certificates  
227  
       
Setting HTTPS Communication  
Before managing certificates, set HTTPS communication with a self-signed certificate.  
When Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Generate Self-Signed Certificate of Machine Digital Certificate. The Generate Self-Signed Certificate  
page is displayed.  
6
7
8
9
Select the public key method from the list of Public Key Method  
Select the size of public key from the list of Size of Public Key  
Specifies the issuer of SSL self-signed certificate.  
Click Generate Signed Certificate  
.
.
.
10 The Restart Printer button is displayed after generating the self-signed certificate, and then click Restart Printer  
.
11 Repeat steps 2 to 4 to display the SSL/TLS page after restarting the printer.  
12 Confirm that the HTTP- SSL/TLS Communication column is set to Enable  
.
Creating and Download a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)  
NOTE: To download a CSR from the printer, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Setting HTTPS  
Communication."  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."  
2
3
4
5
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Signing Request (CSR)  
.
The Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page is displayed.  
6
7
8
9
Specify each item of certificate signing request.  
Click Apply New Settings  
.
Confirm the settings of certificate signing request, and then click Download  
.
Save a CSR file to your computer.  
Use this CSR to receive a signed certificate from a trusted certificate authority.  
228  
Using Digital Certificates  
   
Importing a Digital Certificate  
CAUTION: Before importing a certificate file, back up the certificate file.  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
NOTE: Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer®.  
NOTE: After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Upload Signed Certificate of Machine Digital Certificate  
.
The Upload Signed Certificate page is displayed.  
6
Enter a password.  
NOTE: The password is not necessary when importing a PKCS#7 format certificate, which is having the filename extension  
of.p7b.  
7
8
9
Re-enter the password again to confirm it.  
Click Browse of File Name, and select the file to be imported.  
Click Import to import the certificate.  
Setting a Digital Certificate  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
6
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
When setting a Wireless LAN (Server) certificate, select Trusted Certificate Authorities within Category  
When setting a certificate of SSL Server, SSL Client, IPsec, or Wireless LAN (Client), select Local Device.  
.
7
8
Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.  
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
NOTE: If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.  
9
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that Validity of the certificate selected is set to Valid.  
10 Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
Using Digital Certificates  
229  
   
11 Confirm the content, and click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.  
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select the category from the Category list.  
Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.  
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
NOTE: If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.  
9
The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "*Valid" in the Validity column is the certificate associated with the  
use purpose and actually used.  
Deleting a Digital Certificate  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select the category from the Category list.  
Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.  
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
NOTE: If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.  
9
Select the certificate to be deleted.  
10 Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
11 To delete the selected certificate, click Delete at the upper-right corner.  
NOTE: When a certificate is deleted, the features associated with the deleted certificate are disabled. To delete a  
certificate being used, either set the feature to OFF in advance or switch the association to another certificate, and then  
switch to another operation mode if possible before deleting the certificate.  
230  
Using Digital Certificates  
   
•
•
For an SSL Server, switch to another certificate such as a self-signed certificate.  
For Wireless LAN, change the Wireless Security setting to other than WPA-Enterprise before deleting the  
certificate.  
Exporting a Digital Certificate  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
NOTE: Since the secret key is not exported, an imported PKCS#12 format certificate can be exported only as a PKCS#7  
certificate.  
1
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
a
b
Open the web browser.  
Enter the IP address of your printer in the web browser.  
See "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
"
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Select Print Server Settings.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select the category from the Category list.  
Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.  
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
NOTE: If the list includes more than 20 certificates, click Next to display the next page.  
9
Select the certificate to be exported.  
10 Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
11 To export the selected certificate, click Export This Certificate  
.
Setting the Features  
You can set various security features using digital certificates.  
See the following for details:  
•
•
•
•
"Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)"  
"Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication"  
"Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)"  
"Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)"  
Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP)  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
1
Import the certificate to be used with the SSL-use server. For more information, see "Importing a Digital  
Certificate."  
2
3
Set the certificate to be used with the SSL-use server. For more information, see "Setting a Digital Certificate."  
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For more information, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital  
Certificate."  
Using Digital Certificates  
231  
     
NOTE: Confirm whether the newly set certificate, not the self-signed certificate, is associated.  
4
After restarting the printer, the certificate set as described above is used as the server certificate when executing  
communication with HTTP/IPP-SSL/TLS.  
Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Select Print Server Settings from the left side of the page.  
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
Select Enable from the SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication list.  
Click Apply New Settings  
After restarting the printer, SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication is enabled.  
.
.
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS)  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
NOTE: WPA-Enterprise is available only when infrastructure is selected as the network type.  
NOTE: Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer®.  
NOTE: After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.  
1
2
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). For details, see "Importing a Digital  
Certificate."  
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).  
a
b
c
d
e
f
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Select Print Server Settings  
.
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select Trusted Certificate Authorities within Category  
.
.
g
h
Select Wireless LAN (Server) from the Certificate Purpose list.  
From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List. This setting is not necessary  
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.  
i
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
j
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that Validity of the certificate selected is set to Valid  
Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
.
k
l
Confirm the content, and click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.  
3
4
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For details, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate."  
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (client or client certificate). For details, see "Importing a  
Digital Certificate."  
5
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (client or client certificate).  
a
b
c
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Select Print Server Settings  
.
Click the Security tab.  
232  
Using Digital Certificates  
   
d
e
f
Select SSL/TLS  
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select Local Device within Category  
.
.
g
h
Select Wireless LAN (Client) from the Certificate Purpose list.  
From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List. This setting is not necessary  
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.  
i
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
j
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that Validity of the certificate selected is set to Valid  
Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
.
k
l
Confirm the content, and click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.  
6
7
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly. For details, see "Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate."  
Set WPA-Enterprise for EAP-TLS.  
a
b
c
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Click the Print Server Settings tab.  
Select Wi-Fi  
NOTE: This setting is available only when the optional wireless adapter is installed.  
Select either of the following from the Encryption list of Secure Settings  
.
d
.
•
•
WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES  
Mixed Mode Enterprise  
NOTE: WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise becomes available only when the  
following steps are set correctly.  
•
•
•
Importing a Digital Certificate  
Setting a Digital Certificate  
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate  
e
f
Set EAP-Identity of WPA-Enterprise  
Select EAP-TLS from the Authentication Method list of WPA-Enterprise  
Click Apply New Settings  
.
.
g
.
Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP)  
NOTE: To manage digital certificates, you must set up HTTPS communication. For details, see "Preparing to Manage  
Certificates."  
NOTE: WPA-Enterprise is available only when infrastructure is selected as the network type.  
NOTE: Be sure to import the certificate with Internet Explorer®.  
NOTE: After importing a PKCS#12 format certificate, the secret key is not exported even if you execute exporting.  
1
2
Import the certificate to be used with Wireless LAN (server or root certificate). For details, see "Importing a Digital  
Certificate."  
Set the digital certificate for wireless LAN (server or root certificate).  
a
b
c
d
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Select Print Server Settings  
.
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Using Digital Certificates  
233  
 
e
f
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select Trusted Certificate Authorities within Category  
.
g
h
i
Select the purpose of use from the Certificate Purpose list.  
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
Select the certificate to associate. At this time, confirm that Validity of the certificate selected is set to Valid  
Click Certificate Details to display the Certificate Details page.  
.
j
k
Confirm the content, and click Use This Certificate at the upper-right corner.  
3
Confirm whether the certificate is set correctly.  
a
b
c
d
e
f
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Select Print Server Settings  
.
Click the Security tab.  
Select SSL/TLS  
.
Click Certificate Management to display the Certificate Management page.  
Select the category from the Category list.  
g
h
Select Wireless LAN (Server) from the Certificate Purpose list.  
From Certificate Order, select how the certificates are sorted in Certificate List. This setting is not necessary  
if you do not need to specify the order for the certificates.  
i
j
Click Display the List to display the Certificate List page.  
The certificate displayed with an asterisk as "*Valid" in the Validity column is the certificate associated with  
the use purpose and actually used.  
4
Set WPA-Enterprise for PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, or EAP-TTLS CHAP.  
a
b
c
Launch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Click the Print Server Settings tab.  
Select Wi-Fi  
NOTE: This setting is available only when the optional wireless adapter is installed.  
Select either of the following from the Encryption list of Secure Settings  
.
d
.
•
•
WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES  
Mixed Mode Enterprise  
NOTE: WPA-Enterprise-AES/WPA2-Enterprise-AES or Mixed Mode Enterprise becomes available only when the  
following steps are set correctly.  
•
•
•
Importing a Digital Certificate  
Setting a Digital Certificate  
Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate  
e
f
Set EAP-Identity  
,
Login Name, and Password of WPA-Enterprise.  
Select either of the following from the Authentication Method list of WPA-Enterprise  
:
•
•
•
PEAPV0 MS-CHAPV2  
EAP-TTLS PAP  
EAP-TTLS CHAP  
g
Click Apply New Settings.  
234  
Using Digital Certificates  
20  
Understanding Printer Messages  
The LCD panel displays error messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates possible printer  
problems you must resolve. This chapter provides a list of status codes and informs you what you can do to clear  
error messages. When you contact customer support about an error, have the status codes and error messages ready.  
CAUTION: When an error occurs, the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated in the memory of  
the printer may be corrupted.  
NOTE: A status code is listed in an error message.  
NOTE: For status codes that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions in each error messages.  
Status Codes  
Status-Code  
What you can do  
004-310  
Turn off the printer. Make sure that the tray is correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer  
support if this failure is repeated.  
009-363  
009-370  
010-317  
Turn off the printer. Make sure that the toner cartridge is correctly installed, and turn on the printer.  
Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the toner  
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
Turn off the printer. Make sure that the toner cartridge is correctly installed, and turn on the printer.  
Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the toner  
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
Turn off the printer, wait for 40 minutes to let the fusing unit cool, and then make sure that the fusing unit  
is fully installed. For more information about installing the fusing unit, see "Replacing the Fusing Unit, the  
Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
010-351  
010-377  
Turn off the printer. Remove the used fusing unit, and install a new fusing unit. For more information about  
replacing the fusing unit, see "Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fusing unit is correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact  
customer support if this failure is repeated. For more information about installing the fusing unit, see  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit."  
010-421  
010-910  
It is time to replace the fusing unit soon. Replace the fusing unit, following the procedures in "Replacing the  
Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
Either one of the two envelope switches is not set to the correct position. Open the rear cover, and slide both  
the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the correct position. For more information about setting the  
envelope mode, see "To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode."  
010-911  
010-912  
The printer is not set to the envelope mode. To print on envelopes, it is recommended to set the printer to  
the envelope mode. Open the rear cover, and slide both the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the  
position.  
The printer is set to the envelope mode. To cancel the envelope mode, open the rear cover, and slide both  
the envelope switches on the fusing unit to the  
position. For more information about canceling the  
envelope mode, see "To Cancel the Envelope Mode."  
010-913  
016-338  
016-404  
The printer is set to the envelope mode. To cancel the envelope mode, open the rear cover, and slide both  
the envelope switches to the position. For more information, see "To Cancel the Envelope Mode."  
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. If the error message remains on the operator panel, confirm that  
the wireless adapter is securely inserted. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.  
Contact your system administrator. For more information about digital certificate problems, see "Digital  
Certificate Problems."  
Understanding Printer Messages  
235  
     
Status-Code  
What you can do  
016-405  
Security setting mismatch. Initialize the security setting, and then restart the printer. Contact your system  
administrator for the security resetting.  
016-520  
016-521  
IPsec certificate error. (Certificate error of the printer.) The certificate of the printer is invalid. Contact your  
system administrator. Reset the certificate from other connectable clients with Dell™ Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. If no device can be connected, disconnect Ethernet cable, turn off the IPsec, and  
then reset the certificate with Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
IPsec certificate error. (Remote device certification verification error.) The certificate of the destination  
client is invalid. Contact your system administrator. Confirm the certificate of the destination client and  
reset.  
016-530  
016-541  
Authentication server access error. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Check the access settings for  
the authentication server and try again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.  
A wireless certificate (server or client) cannot be correctly referenced while using Wireless LAN  
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask your system administrator to connect the printer with a wired  
network, initialize the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and set WPA-Enterprise or  
WPA2-Enterprise again.  
016-542  
016-543  
016-720  
A server certificate error has occurred when acquiring the certificate with the operation of WPA-Enterprise  
or WPA2-Enterprise. This is a problem in the server certificate, such as the validity period has expired for  
the server certificate being used with the Radius server. Ask your system administrator to confirm the server  
certificate being used with the Radius server.  
A wireless certificate (server or client) corruption error has occurred while using the Wireless LAN  
WPA-Enterprise or WPA2-Enterprise. Ask your system administrator to connect the printer with a wired  
network, initialize the wireless settings, import the wireless certificate, and set WPA-Enterprise or  
WPA2-Enterprise again.  
Error relating to PDL emulation problems has occurred. Change the Print Mode setting in the Graphics tab  
of the printer driver. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.  
016-756  
016-757  
016-758  
016-759  
016-799  
Printing in the prohibited time. Contact your system administrator.  
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.  
The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.  
Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.  
Press the  
(Set) button to clear the message and cancel the current print job. Confirm the  
configuration of the printer on the printer driver.  
024-910  
024-911  
024-914  
The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in tray1. To load paper in  
tray1, see "Loading Print Media."  
The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in the optional 550-sheet  
feeder (tray2). To load paper in tray2, see "Loading Print Media."  
The paper size set is different from the specified size. Load the specified paper in the multipurpose feeder  
(MPF). To load paper in the MPF, see "Loading Print Media."  
024-965  
024-966  
024-969  
027-446  
027-452  
042-700  
077-300  
077-302  
091-411  
Confirm that the size and type specified in the tray settings matches the size and type of paper loaded in the  
tray.  
Change the IPv6 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.  
Change the IPv4 address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.  
Wait for a while until the printer cools down. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.  
Close the front cover.  
Close the rear cover.  
The time to replace the drum cartridge is coming soon. Prepare the new drum cartridge.  
236  
Understanding Printer Messages  
Status-Code  
What you can do  
091-479  
Open the front cover. Remove the used drum cartridge, and install a new drum cartridge. For more  
information about replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
091-914  
091-921  
091-931  
091-942  
091-963  
Reinstall the drum cartridge. If the message remains, replace the cartridge. For more information about  
replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Make sure that the drum cartridge is fully installed. For more information about installing the drum  
cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Remove the used drum cartridge, and install a new cartridge. For more information about replacing the  
drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Reinstall the drum cartridge. If the message remains, replace the cartridge. For more information about  
replacing the drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Remove the unsupported drum cartridge, and install a supported drum cartridge. For more information  
about installing a drum cartridge, see "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
093-426  
093-922  
The time to replace the toner cartridge is coming soon. Prepare the new toner cartridge.  
Open the front cover, and pull out the toner cartridge. Shake it five or six times, and reinstall it. For more  
information about replacing the toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
093-933  
093-963  
093-973  
Remove the used toner cartridge, and install a new cartridge. For more information about replacing the  
toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
Remove the unsupported toner cartridge, and install a supported toner cartridge. For more information  
about installing the toner cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
Make sure that the toner cartridge is fully installed. For more information about installing the toner  
cartridge, see "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
142-700  
193-700  
Do not start another print job until the warning message disappears.  
When a genuine toner cartridge is installed, change the Non-Dell Toner setting to disable using the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool or the Tool Box.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
237  
238  
Understanding Printer Messages  
21  
Specifications  
Operating System Compatibility  
Your Dell™ Smart Printer | S2810dn is compatible with Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003, Windows Server 2003  
x64 Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows  
Vista®, Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-  
bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012 R2,  
Windows® RT, Windows® RT 8.1, Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, OS X 10.10,  
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32/64bit), SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32/64bit), and Ubuntu 12.04  
LTS (32/64bit).  
Power Supply  
Rated voltage  
Frequency  
Current  
220 VAC - 240 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
6 A or less  
220 - 240 VAC  
44.0 W  
110 VAC - 127 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
11 A or less  
110 - 127 VAC  
44.0 W  
Power Consumption  
Ready  
Sleep  
7.0 W  
7.0 W  
Deep Sleep  
Offline  
1.2 W*  
1.2 W  
0 W  
0 W  
*
This condition is equivalent to Network standby mode, the power consumption in this condition is that all wired  
network ports are connected and all wireless network ports are activated.  
Dimensions  
Height: 273 mm (10.75 inches) Width: 410 mm (16.14 inches) Depth: 438 mm (17.24 inches)  
Weight (including toner cartridge and drum cartridge): 12.3 kg (27.12 lb)  
Memory  
Memory  
Speed  
1 GB  
DDR3-1066MHz  
Specifications  
239  
           
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and  
Interface  
PDL/Emulations  
PCL 6, PCL5e, PostScript 3 Compatible, HBPL, XML Paper Specification (Host Based/PCL 6)  
Operating systems  
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003/Windows Server® 2003 x64/Windows Server® 2008/Windows  
Server® 2008 x64/Windows Server® 2008 R2 x64/Windows Vista®/Windows Vista® x64/Windows®  
7/Windows® 7 x64/Windows® 8/Windows® 8 x64/Windows® 8.1/Windows® 8.1 x64/Windows  
Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2, Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS  
X 10.9, OS X 10.10, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop (32/64bit), SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop  
11 (32/64bit), and Ubuntu 12.04 LTS (32/64bit)  
Interfaces  
Standard local:  
USB 2.0  
Standard network:  
10Base-T/100Base-TX/  
1000Base-T Ethernet  
Optional network:  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n (Wireless)  
MIB Compatibility  
Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information about network devices (such as adapters,  
bridges, routers, or computers). This information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze  
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell Smart Printer | S2810dn complies with standard industry MIB  
specifications, allowing the printer to be recognized and managed by various printer and network management  
software systems.  
Environment  
Operation  
Temperature  
10 °C - 32 °C  
Relative humidity  
10 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)  
Print Quality Guarantee  
Temperature  
15 °C - 28 °C  
Relative humidity  
20 % - 70 % RH (no condensation)  
Storage  
Temperature range  
-20 °C to 40 °C (0 °F to 104 °F)  
5 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)  
Storage humidity range  
Altitude  
Operating  
Storage  
Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)  
Up to 3,100 m (10,170 feet)  
240  
Specifications  
             
Cables  
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:  
Connection type  
Ethernet  
Connection specifications and symbols  
1
2
10Base-T/100Base-TX/  
1000Base-T  
USB  
USB 2.0  
3
Wireless adapter socket IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n  
1
2
3
Print Specifications  
Item  
Description  
Print resolution  
Print speed*  
600 dpi x 600 dpi  
Simplex: Black & White 35 ppm (Letter / A4)  
Duplex: Black & White 24 ppm (Letter / A4)  
Paper size  
A4, B5, A5, B6, A6, Letter, Executive, Folio (8.5" x 13"), Statement, Legal,  
Envelope #10, Monarch, DL, C5, Japanese postcard  
*
Based on Dell internal testing. Actual print speed will vary with use.  
Specifications  
241  
   
Optional Wireless Adapter  
Item  
Description  
Connectivity technology  
Compliant standards  
Bandwidth  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n  
2.4 GHz  
Data transfer rate  
IEEE 802.11n: 65 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps  
Security  
64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,  
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES), WPA-Enterprise (TKIP, AES)*1  
WPA2-Enterprise (AES)*1  
,
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)*2  
Wireless mode  
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),  
Personal Identification Number (PIN)  
Infrastructure, Ad-hoc, Wi-Fi Direct  
*1: EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.  
*2: WPS 2.0 compliant.  
242  
Specifications  
 
Maintaining Your Printer  
22 Maintaining Your Printer.......................................................... 245  
23 Clearing Jams............................................................................ 267  
243  
 
244  
22  
Maintaining Your Printer  
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.  
Determining the Status of Supplies  
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool can provide instant feedback  
on the remaining toner level. Type the printer's IP address in your web browser to view this information. To use the  
E-Mail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires new supplies, type the desired e-mail address  
in the e-mail list box.  
On the LCD panel screen, you can also confirm the following:  
•
Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However, the printer can only display  
information about one item at a time).  
•
Amount of toner remaining in the toner cartridge.  
Conserving Supplies  
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve the toner cartridge and paper.  
Supply  
Setting  
Function  
Toner cartridge Toner Saver in the Others tab  
This check box allows the users to select a print mode that uses less  
toner. The image quality will be lower when this feature is used.  
Print media  
Print media  
Multiple Up in the Layout tab  
The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet.  
The printer prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.  
Duplex in the General tab  
Ordering Supplies  
You can order consumables (toner cartridge and drum cartridge) from Dell on the Internet when using a networked  
printer. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool,  
and click the Order Supplies at: to order consumables for your printer.  
You can also order consumables by the following method.  
1
Click Start  
System  
All Programs  
Dell Printers  
Dell Smart Printer - S2810dn  
Dell Supplies Management  
.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
2
3
Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
If you are ordering from the web:  
a
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.  
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site  
.
NOTE: When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by two-way communication, a window that  
prompts you to type the Service Tag appears. Type your Dell printer Service Tag in the field provided.  
Your Service Tag number is located inside the front cover of your printer.  
If you are ordering by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
245  
         
Storing Print Media  
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are several things you can do:  
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment where the temperature is  
approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.  
•
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.  
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so  
the edges do not buckle or curl.  
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Storing Consumables  
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do not store consumables in:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Temperatures greater than 40 °C (104 °F).  
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.  
Direct sunlight.  
Dusty places.  
A car for a long period of time.  
An environment where corrosive gases are present.  
A humid environment.  
246  
Maintaining Your Printer  
     
Replacing the Toner Cartridge  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
Dell toner cartridge is available only through Dell. You can order cartridge online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or  
by phone. To order by phone, see "Contacting Dell."  
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridge for your printer. Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems  
caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
WARNING: Never throw used toner cartridge into fire. The residual toner could explode resulting in burns and injuries.  
WARNING: Do not shake the used toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.  
Removing the Toner Cartridge  
NOTE: Ensure that you remove all the paper from the MPF and close the MPF cover before removing the toner cartridge.  
1
Grasp the grips on both sides of the front cover, and then pull it down to open.  
2
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then raise it upward to unlock.  
3
Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull it out.  
WARNING: Do not shake the toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
247  
     
Installing a Toner Cartridge  
1
2
Unpack a new toner cartridge.  
Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly.  
3
Make sure that the two tabs of the toner cartridge align with the grooves on the printer, and then insert it into the  
printer until it clicks into place.  
4
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then pull it down until it stops.  
5
Close the front cover.  
248  
Maintaining Your Printer  
   
Replacing the Drum Cartridge  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
CAUTION: Protect the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more than 3 minutes, print quality  
may deteriorate.  
Removing the Drum Cartridge  
1
Grasp the grips on both sides of the front cover, and then pull it down to open.  
2
Grasp the handle on the front of the drum cartridge, and then pull it out halfway with one hand.  
3
Hold both sides of the drum cartridge with your hands, and then pull it out completely.  
Installing a Drum Cartridge  
1
Unpack a new drum cartridge.  
CAUTION: The protective cover of the drum comes off while inserting the drum cartridge into the cartridge slot. You do not  
need to remove it in advance.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
249  
           
2
Hold both sides of the drum cartridge with your hands, insert the drum cartridge into the cartridge slot, and then  
push it in halfway.  
3
Grasp the handle on the front of the drum cartridge, and then push and install the drum cartridge until it stops.  
4
To remove the toner cartridge from the old drum cartridge, grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then raise it  
upward to unlock.  
5
Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull it out of the old drum cartridge.  
WARNING: Do not shake the toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.  
WARNING: Keep the removed toner cartridge on a level surface.  
250  
Maintaining Your Printer  
6
Install the removed toner cartridge to the new drum cartridge in the printer. Make sure that the two tabs of the  
toner cartridge align with the grooves on the printer, and then insert it into the printer until it clicks into place.  
7
Grasp the toner cartridge lock lever, and then pull it down until it stops.  
8
Close the front cover.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
251  
Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller  
You need to replace all three parts (the Fusing Unit, Transfer Unit, and retard roller) at a time. Both the Transfer  
Unit and the retard roller for replacement come with a new fusing Unit.  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
Replacing the Fusing Unit  
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow the safety instructions in the Important  
Information.  
Removing the Fusing Unit  
1
2
Turn off the printer, and wait for 40 minutes.  
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
3
Raise the two gray levers on the both sides of the fusing unit to unlock.  
252  
Maintaining Your Printer  
         
4
Grasp the grips on both sides of the fusing unit placing thumb on the knurling, and then pull out the unit.  
Installing a Fusing Unit  
1
2
3
Unpack a new fusing unit.  
Remove the packing material from the fusing unit.  
Insert the fusing unit into the printer until it clicks.  
NOTE: Hold both sides of the fusing unit with your hands.  
NOTE: Make sure that the fusing unit is firmly set in the slots and cannot be moved easily.  
4
Lower the two gray levers to lock the fusing unit.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
253  
 
Removing the Transfer Unit  
1
Push the tabs on both sides of the transfer unit inward, and then lift it out of the printer.  
Installing a Transfer Unit  
1
2
Unpack a new Transfer Unit.  
Hold the Transfer Unit by both its ends.  
3
Push the both ends of the Transfer Unit inward, put it on the Duplex Unit and then rotate the Transfer Unit  
forward.  
254  
Maintaining Your Printer  
   
4
Make sure that the arrow marks on the Transfer Unit and the printer face each other, and then press the two tabs  
on Transfer Unit inward to lock.  
5
Close the rear cover.  
Removing the Retard Roller in Tray1  
1
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
2
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
NOTE: Be sure to remove all the paper from tray1 before removing the retard roller.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
255  
 
3
Slightly pressing down the lock lever on tray1 to the right with one hand, raise the retard roller with the other hand.  
4
Slide the retard roller to the left to remove it from tray1.  
Installing a Retard Roller in Tray1  
1
2
Unpack a new retard roller.  
Hold the both ends of the new retard roller, and attach it by sliding the two axles of the retard roller into the holes  
on tray1.  
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the rubber rollers.  
256  
Maintaining Your Printer  
 
3
While pressing the lock lever on tray1 slightly to the right, press down the retard roller until it clicks, and then  
release the lock lever.  
4
Load paper in tray1, and then insert the tray into the printer and push until it stops.  
NOTE: After replacing the fusing unit, be sure to initialize its life counter by following the instructions in the accompanying  
manual.  
Cleaning Inside the Printer  
Clean the feed roller inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.  
1
Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.  
NOTE: The data in the memory are cleared when the printer is turned off.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
257  
 
2
Gently pull open the MPF cover.  
3
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
4
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
5
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
258  
Maintaining Your Printer  
6
Wipe the feed roller inside the printer with a cloth moistened with water.  
MPF Feed Roller  
Tray1 Feed Roller  
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
NOTE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.  
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the cover.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
259  
Moving the Printer  
This section describes how to move the printer.  
WARNING: Two people are required to move the printer.  
WARNING: To prevent you from dropping the printer and getting backache or injuries, lift the printer by firmly gripping the  
recessed areas on both sides of the printer. Never lift the printer by gripping any other areas.  
NOTE: If the optional 550-sheet feeder has been installed, uninstall the optional 550-sheet feeder before moving the printer. If  
the optional 550-sheet feeder is not fixed securely to the printer, it may fall to the ground and cause injuries. For details on how to  
uninstall the optional 550-sheet feeder, see "Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."  
1
2
Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord, interface cable, and any other cables.  
NOTE: The data in the memory are cleared when the printer is turned off.  
Remove any paper in the output tray and retract the output tray extension.  
3
Lift the printer and move it gently.  
NOTE: If you move the printer over a long distance, remove the toner cartridge from the printer to prevent toner from spilling,  
and pack the printer inside a box.  
260  
Maintaining Your Printer  
 
Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
WARNING: When you remove the optional 550-sheet feeder (Tray2), be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and  
disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer before starting these tasks.  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.  
Remove any paper loaded on the MPF.  
3
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull it out of the printer.  
4
Pull the tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
261  
   
5
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
6
Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 550-sheet feeder by unscrewing them with a coin or  
similar object.  
7
Gently lift the printer off the optional 550-sheet feeder, and place it on a level surface.  
WARNING: Two people are required to lift the printer.  
262  
Maintaining Your Printer  
8
Insert the tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
CAUTION: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.  
9
Insert the MPF into the printer.  
10 Re-connect all cables into the rear of the printer and turn on the printer.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
263  
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter  
WARNING: When you remove the optional wireless adapter, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and  
disconnect all cables from the back of the printer before starting these tasks.  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off.  
Turn the screw on the left side cover counterclockwise to remove it.  
3
Slide the left side cover towards the rear of the printer.  
4
5
Open the left side cover completely.  
Remove the wireless adapter from the printer by releasing the adapter's hook while pushing the wireless adapter  
towards the front of the printer.  
264  
Maintaining Your Printer  
 
6
Close the left side cover, and then slide it towards the front of the printer.  
7
Turn the screw clockwise.  
8
Turn on the printer.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
265  
266  
Maintaining Your Printer  
23  
Clearing Jams  
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid paper jams. See  
"
Print Media  
Guidelines for more information.  
"
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended to try a sample first.  
Avoiding Jams  
•
Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines" for more information.  
•
See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the MPF" to  
load print media properly.  
•
Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack height does not exceed the maximum  
height indicated by the load-line labels in the tray.  
•
•
Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.  
Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with print media, try feeding one sheet at a  
time through the multipurpose feeder (MPF).  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.  
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.  
Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print media.  
Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information, see  
Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.  
"Storing Print Media."  
Push tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) in firmly after loading.  
Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.  
Overtightening the guides may cause jams.  
Wipe the retard rollers in the tray or MPF with a cloth that is slightly dampened with water if jams caused by  
misfeeding paper occur frequently.  
Clearing Jams  
267  
       
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams  
WARNING: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the printer.  
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path.  
1
6
2
5 4  
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fusing Unit  
Regi Roll  
Duplex Unit  
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
Tray1  
MPF  
268  
Clearing Jams  
 
Clearing Paper Jams From the MPF  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
1
Remove any paper loaded on the MPF  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull it out of the printer.  
3
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
Clearing Jams  
269  
 
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
6
Remove the jammed paper.  
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
8
Insert the MPF into the printer.  
270  
Clearing Jams  
9
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Paper Jams From Tray1  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
1
Open the MPF cover, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
3
Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm.  
Clearing Jams  
271  
 
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
6
Remove the jammed paper.  
7
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
272  
Clearing Jams  
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the cover.  
9
Close the rear cover.  
10 Press the  
(Set) button.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
If status code: 050-130 appears:  
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
Clearing Jams  
273  
   
2
Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
WARNING: The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.  
3
If the document is jammed under the fusing unit, remove the jammed document from under the fusing unit.  
If the document is jammed above the fusing unit, raise the tab of the inner part, and turn it to open.  
Remove the jammed document from above the fusing unit.  
4
5
274  
Clearing Jams  
6
Replace the inner part.  
7
Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.  
8
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer  
CAUTION: Ensure that nothing touches or scratches the surface (the roll made with sponge) of the Transfer Unit. Scratches,  
dirt, or oil from your hands on the roll of the Transfer Unit may reduce print quality.  
CAUTION: Protect the drum of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the rear cover remains open for more than 3 minutes,  
print quality may deteriorate.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
Clearing Jams  
275  
 
If status code: 050-131 appears:  
1
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
2
Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer.  
3
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Regi Roll  
CAUTION: Ensure that nothing touches or scratches the surface (the roll made with sponge) of the Transfer Unit. Scratches,  
dirt, or oil from your hands on the roll of the Transfer Unit may reduce print quality.  
CAUTION: Protect the drum of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the rear cover remains open for more than 3 minutes,  
print quality may deteriorate.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
276  
Clearing Jams  
   
If status code: 050-142 appears:  
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.  
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
Clearing Jams  
277  
 
5
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
6
Remove the jammed paper from the regi roll.  
7
Insert the tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
NOTE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.  
8
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.  
278  
Clearing Jams  
9
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media path.  
If status code: 050-132 appears:  
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.  
Clearing Jams  
279  
   
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
5
Pull the optional 550-sheet feeder from the printer about 200 mm.  
6
Hold the optional 550-sheet feeder with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
280  
Clearing Jams  
7
Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.  
8
Remove the jammed paper.  
9
Insert the optional 550-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.  
10 Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
Clearing Jams  
281  
11 Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.  
12 Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Trays  
When status code 050-134 appears:  
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
282  
Clearing Jams  
   
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.  
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
5
Remove the jammed paper.  
6
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
NOTE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.  
Clearing Jams  
283  
7
Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.  
8
Press the (  
) (Set) button.  
When status code 050-133 appears:  
1
Open the MPF, or remove the remaining documents from the MPF.  
2
Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.  
3
Pull tray1 from the printer about 200 mm.  
284  
Clearing Jams  
 
4
Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
5
Pull the optional 550-sheet feeder from the printer about 200 mm.  
6
Hold the optional 550-sheet feeder with both hands, and remove it from the printer.  
7
Remove the jammed paper.  
Clearing Jams  
285  
8
Insert the optional 550-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.  
9
Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.  
10 Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF.  
11 Press the (  
) (Set) button.  
286  
Clearing Jams  
Troubleshooting  
24 Troubleshooting Guide ............................................................. 289  
287  
 
288  
24  
Troubleshooting Guide  
Basic Printer Problems  
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each of the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
The power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet.  
The printer is turned on.  
The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.  
Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.  
All options are properly installed.  
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn  
on the printer. This often fixes the problem.  
NOTE: If error messages are displayed on the LCD panel or on your computer screen, follow the on-screen instructions to  
resolve the printer problems. For details about error messages and status codes, see "Understanding Printer Messages."  
Display Problems  
Problem  
Action  
Menu settings changed from the operator  
panel have no effect.  
Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are  
overriding the settings made on the operator panel.  
Printing Problems  
NOTE: If Panel Lock Controlis set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin  
Settingsmenu.  
Problem  
Action  
Job did not print or incorrect characters  
printed.  
Ensure that the top menu appears on the LCD panel before you send a job to  
print. Press the  
(Menu) button to return to the top menu.  
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press the  
to return to the top menu.  
(Menu) button  
Verify that the printer is using the correct Page Description Language (PDL).  
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.  
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely connected to the printer.  
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.  
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.  
Check the printer's interface from the Admin Settings  
.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel settings report to verify  
that the current interface settings are correct.  
Check if the Readyis displayed on the LCD panel. If Ready(Envelope)is  
shown, cancel the envelope mode. For details on canceling the envelope mode, see  
"To Cancel the Envelope Mode."  
Troubleshooting Guide  
289  
       
Problem  
Action  
Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds  
occur.  
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer.  
See "Supported Paper Types" for more information.  
Fan the print media before loading it.  
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.  
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print media sources are adjusted  
correctly.  
Ensure that tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2), or the multi-purpose  
feeder (MPF) unit is securely inserted.  
Do not overload tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF.  
Do not force print media into the MPF when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or  
buckle.  
Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
Face the recommended print side up. See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the  
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" for more information.  
Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding  
improves.  
Do not mix print media types.  
Do not mix reams of print media.  
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print  
media.  
Load print media only when tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF is  
empty.  
Wipe the retard rollers in tray1, the optional 550-sheet feeder, or the MPF with a  
cloth moistened with water.  
The envelope is creased after printed.  
Page breaks in unexpected places.  
Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the MPF as instructed in "Loading  
Envelopes in the MPF."  
Increase the value for Time-Out using the operator panel, the Tool Box, or Dell™  
Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Print media does not stack neatly in the  
output tray.  
Turn the print media stack over in tray1 or the MPF.  
Cannot print from tray1 or the optional 550- Load the print media into the MPF.  
sheet feeder because the print media in  
tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is  
curled.  
Print Quality Problems  
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see  
"Understanding the Printer Menus" and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."  
•
•
•
•
•
•
The output is too light  
Toner smears or print comes off  
Random spots/Blurred images  
The entire output is blank  
Streaks appear on the output  
Pitched dots  
290  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vertical blanks  
Ghosting  
Light-induced fatigue  
Fog  
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
Jagged characters  
Banding  
Auger mark  
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
Damage on the leading edge of paper  
The output is too light  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the  
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor.  
b
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the Non-Dell  
Toner option.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Maintenance on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Ensure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is selected.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3
4
Disable the Toner Saver in the printer driver.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 5.  
a
On the Others tab, ensure that Off is selected in the Toner Saver  
drop-down menu.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete.  
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
a
On the General tab, change the Paper Type setting.  
Does this solve your problem?  
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
Go to action 6.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
291  
 
Action  
6 Stir the developer in the drum cartridge.  
Yes  
No  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 7.  
a
Press the  
Admin Settings  
Developer  
After you stir the developer in the drum cartridge, Press the  
Menu) button.  
(
Menu) button and select  
Maintenance  
Clean  
.
b
c
(
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Clean the toner in the drum cartridge.  
7
The task is complete.  
Go to action 8.  
a
Press the  
Admin Settings  
Refresh  
(
Menu) button and select  
Maintenance  
Toner  
.
NOTE: Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the  
life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.  
b
c
After you refresh the toner in the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
8
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Toner smears or print comes off  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete.  
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
Go to action 2.  
a
On the General tab, change the Paper Type setting.  
Does this solve your problem?  
292  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
2
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
Go to action 3.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3
Clean the transfer unit.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4.  
a
b
c
Press the  
Maintenance  
After you clean the transfer unit, Press the  
Menu) button.  
(
Menu) button and select  
Admin Settings  
Clean Transfer Unit  
.
(
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
4
5
The task is complete.  
Go to action 5.  
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
c
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard  
roller, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Random spots/Blurred images  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly. See "Installing a  
Toner Cartridge."  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly. See "Installing a  
Drum Cartridge."  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
293  
 
Action  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
Yes  
No  
3
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page  
.
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The entire output is blank  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Print a Demo Page.  
On the operator panel, press the  
Report/List Demo page  
Ensure that the demo page is correctly printed.  
Go to action 2.  
Go to action 3.  
a
(Menu) button and select  
.
Does this solve your problem?  
2
3
If you are printing a document, try to print another data from the  
computer.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 8.  
Go to action 4.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the  
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.  
a
b
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor.  
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.  
Does this solve your problem?  
4
5
If you are using a non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the Non-Dell The task is complete.  
Toner option.  
Go to action 5.  
Go to action 6.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Service Tools on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Ensure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is selected.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Disable the Toner Saver in the printer driver.  
The task is complete.  
a
On the Others tab, ensure that Off is selected in the Toner Saver  
drop-down menu.  
Does this solve your problem?  
294  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
6
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete.  
setting in the printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
Go to action 7.  
a
On the General tab, change the Paper Type setting.  
Does this solve your problem?  
7
8
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
Go to action 8.  
Contact Dell.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Streaks appear on the output  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridge may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the  
amount of toner left in the toner cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor.  
b
Replace the toner cartridge as necessary.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridge, enable the Non-Dell  
Toner option.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Maintenance on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Ensure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is selected.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3
Replace the drum cartridge.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
295  
 
Pitched dots  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart. Proceed to the action  
Contact Dell.  
corresponding to the  
location of the  
problem:  
a
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
.
• Drum cartridge - 2  
Is the cause of the problem located?  
• Fusing unit or  
Transfer unit - 3  
2
Replace the drum cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, click Chart Print on the  
Diagnosis tab.  
c
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
b
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard  
roller, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
.
c
d
.
Does this solve your problem?  
296  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
Vertical blanks  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure the light path is not covered.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
b
Remove the drum cartridge, and keep it in the dark place.  
Clean the rear side of the drum cartridge with a dry cloth.  
NOTE: Be careful not to touch or damage the drum.  
c
d
e
Re-install the drum cartridge.  
Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
2
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
297  
 
Mottle  
ABC  
DEF  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
Go to action 2.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
Raise the transfer unit voltage.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Press the  
Admin Settings  
Transfer Unit  
Increase the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."  
(
Menu) button and select  
Maintenance  
Adjust  
.
b
3
Replace the drum cartridge.  
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
b
After you replace the drum cartridge, Press the  
(Menu) button.  
c
Select Report/List  
Demo Page.  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
298  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
Ghosting  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Identify the type of ghosting.  
Proceed to the action  
corresponding to the  
type of ghosting.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Positive ghost  
b
Negative ghost  
Positive ghost - 2a  
Negative ghost - 2c  
ABC  
ABC  
Is the type of the problem identified?  
2a Specify Ghost Control to On  
.
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
a
Press the  
Admin Settings  
Control  
Select On  
Press the  
(
Menu) button and select  
Maintenance  
Ghost  
.
b
c
.
(Menu) button.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2b Lower the transfer unit voltage.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
a
Press the  
Admin Settings  
Transfer Unit  
Decrease the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."  
(Menu) button and select  
Maintenance  
Adjust  
.
b
Does this solve your problem?  
2c Increase the transfer unit voltage.  
Go to action 3.  
Go to action 4.  
a
Press the  
Maintenance  
Increase the voltage. See "Adjust Transfer Unit."  
(
Menu) button and select Admin Settings  
Adjust Transfer Unit  
.
b
Does this solve your problem?  
3
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
299  
 
Action  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
Yes  
No  
4
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell  
a
b
c
d
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
.
Light-induced fatigue  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch Configuration Chart.  
Go to action 2.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
.
Does the pattern on the output match with that on the Pitch  
Configuration Chart?  
2
If the cause of the trouble is identified as the drum cartridge, replace the The task is complete.  
drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Contact Dell.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Fog  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Check if you are using a non-Dell brand toner cartridge.  
Go to action 2a.  
Go to action 3.  
300  
Troubleshooting Guide  
   
Action  
Yes  
No  
2a Enable the Non-Dell Toner option.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2b.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Service Tools on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Ensure that the On check box under Non-Dell Toner is selected.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2b Replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
c
Remove the drum cartridge. See "Removing the Drum Cartridge."  
Install a drum cartridge and a toner cartridge using a Dell toner.  
After you replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge, Launch  
the Tool Box  
Click Report on the Printer Setting Reports tab.  
Click Demo Page  
The demo page is printed.  
.
d
e
.
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
3
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, click Report on the Printer  
Setting Reports tab.  
c
Click Demo Page  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
If the printer is installed in a high altitude location, set the altitude of  
the location.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Launch the Tool Box, and click Service Tools on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
b
Under Adjust Altitude, select the value close to the altitude of the  
location where the printer is installed.  
c
d
Click Report on the Printer Setting Reports tab.  
Click Demo Page  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
Troubleshooting Guide  
301  
 
Action  
Replace the drum cartridge.  
Yes  
No  
2
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click Report on the Printer Setting Reports  
tab.  
c
Click Demo Page  
The demo page is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
Jagged characters  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
3
4
5
Set Screen to Fineness in the printer driver.  
On the Others tab, set Screen under Items: to Fineness  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
.
Does this solve your problem?  
Set Print Mode to High Quality in the printer driver.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 5.  
Contact Dell.  
a
On the Graphics tab, select High Quality from Print Mode.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the printer driver.  
a
On the Others tab, set Bitmap Smoothing under Items: to On.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Enable Print Page Mode in the printer driver.  
a
On the Others tab, set Print Page Mode under Items: to On  
.
Does this solve your problem?  
If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is recommended for the The task is complete.  
printer, operating system, and the application being used.  
Does this solve your problem?  
302  
Troubleshooting Guide  
 
Banding  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Configuration Chart. Proceed to the action Contact Dell.  
corresponding to the  
location of the  
problem:  
a
b
Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
.
• Drum cartridge - 2  
Is the cause of the problem located?  
• Fusing unit or  
Transfer unit - 3  
2
Replace the drum cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Contact Dell.  
a
b
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
After you replace the drum cartridge, click Chart Print on the  
Diagnosis tab.  
c
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
b
c
d
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
.
Troubleshooting Guide  
303  
 
Auger mark  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Verify that the correct print media is being used. See "Supported Paper The task is complete.  
Types." If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.  
If printing on an  
envelope, go to action  
2.  
Does this solve your problem?  
If printing on print  
media other than  
envelopes, go to action  
5.  
2
3
Ensure that the printer is set to the envelope mode. See "Printing on  
Envelopes – Envelope Mode."  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Check the wrinkle. Is the wrinkle within 30 mm of the four edges of the  
envelope?  
This type of wrinkle is Go to action 4.  
considered normal.  
Your printer is not at  
fault.  
4
Load the envelopes in the MPF properly. For details, see "Loading  
Envelopes in the MPF."  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 5.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Adjust the paper guides properly.  
Does this solve your problem?  
5
6
Go to action 6.  
Contact Dell.  
Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged one. The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
304  
Troubleshooting Guide  
   
Damage on the leading edge of paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Adjust the paper guides properly.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
When you use the MPF, reverse the paper and then try again.  
When you use any of the trays, change the paper and then try again.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
(MPF)  
Go to action 3.  
(trays)  
Contact Dell.  
3
4
Change the paper with another one and then try again.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4.  
Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Contact Dell.  
Jam/Alignment Problems  
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see  
"Understanding the Printer Menus" and "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The top and side margins are incorrect  
Images are skewed  
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam  
MPF Misfeed Jam  
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)  
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)  
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam  
MPF Multi-feed Jam  
Troubleshooting Guide  
305  
   
The top and side margins are incorrect  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
3
Adjust the paper guides properly.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used. The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Images are skewed  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
3
Adjust the paper guides properly.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Use any of the trays in place of the MPF.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Replace the print media with the freshly unpackaged, undamaged one. The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
306  
Troubleshooting Guide  
   
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly inserted. The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Proceed to the action  
corresponding to the  
type of the print media  
being used:  
• Thick - 2a  
• Thin - 2b  
• Rough Surface - 2c  
If using paper other  
than the above, go to  
action 2d, 2e.  
2
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m or less.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
Go to action 3a.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m or more.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2c Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2d Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2e Is the print media damp?  
Go to action 3c.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
3a Fan the print media.  
The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3b Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder with a  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4b.  
cloth moistened with water.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3c Turn over the print media.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4a.  
Go to action 3a.  
Contact Dell.  
4a Use print media that is not damp.  
Does this solve your problem?  
4b Replace the drum cartridge.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
307  
 
MPF Misfeed Jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the MPF is properly inserted.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Proceed to the action  
corresponding to the  
type of the print media  
being used:  
• Thick - 2a  
• Thin - 2b  
• Rough Surface - 2c  
• Envelope - 2d  
If using paper other  
than the above, go to  
action 2e.  
2
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m or less.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
Go to action 3c.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m or more.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2c Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the MPF as instructed in The task is complete.  
"Loading Envelopes in the MPF."  
Does this solve your problem?  
2e Is the print media damp?  
Go to action 3d.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 3b.  
3a Fan the print media.  
The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3b Wipe the retard roller in the MPF with a cloth moistened with water.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4b.  
Go to action 3a.  
Go to action 4a.  
Go to action 3a.  
Contact Dell.  
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use another envelope.  
Does this solve your problem?  
3d Turn over the print media.  
Does this solve your problem?  
4a Use print media that is not damp.  
Does this solve your problem?  
4b Replace the drum cartridge.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
2
Replace the drum cartridge. See "Replacing the Drum Cartridge."  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
308  
Troubleshooting Guide  
   
Action  
Yes  
No  
3
Ensure that the fusing unit is set properly.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4.  
Does this solve your problem?  
4
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
b
c
d
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
.
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure the fusing unit is installed correctly.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
2
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
Contact Dell.  
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
b
c
d
After you replace the fusing unit, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
Does this solve your problem?  
.
.
Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder is properly inserted. The task is complete.  
Does this solve your problem?  
If using Rough Surface  
paper, go to action 2.  
If using other type of  
print media, go to  
action 3.  
2
3
4
5
Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Use print media that is not damp.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Fan the print media.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 5.  
Contact Dell.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Wipe the retard roller in tray1 or the optional 550-sheet feeder where the The task is complete.  
multi-feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Troubleshooting Guide  
309  
   
MPF Multi-feed Jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure the media type you are using.  
-
-
If using Rough Surface paper, go to action 2.  
If using other type of print media, go to action 3.  
Load Rough Surface paper one sheet at a time.  
Does this solve your problem?  
2
3
4
5
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 4.  
Go to action 5.  
Go to action 6.  
Use print media that is not damp.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Fan the print media.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Wipe the retard roller in the MPF where the multi-feed occurred with a The task is complete.  
cloth moistened with water.  
Does this solve your problem?  
6
Decrease the number of print media to be loaded to the MPF.  
Does this solve your problem?  
The task is complete. Contact Dell.  
Noise  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 2.  
a
Replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard roller. See  
"Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller."  
b
After you replace the fusing unit, the transfer unit, and the retard  
roller, Launch the Tool Box  
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click Pitch Configuration Chart  
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.  
.
c
d
.
Does this solve your problem?  
2
3
Replace the drum cartridge.  
The task is complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Does this solve your problem?  
Replace the toner cartridge. See "Replacing the Toner Cartridge."  
The task is complete.  
(The toner cartridge  
you are using has been  
damaged. Replace it  
with a new one.)  
310  
Troubleshooting Guide  
   
Digital Certificate Problems  
Symptom  
Cause  
Action  
The certificate import button is  
disabled.  
SSL communication is disabled.  
Create a self-signed certificate and enable SSL.  
The certificate details button is  
disabled.  
The certificate cannot be imported. The time setting is incorrect.  
Confirm validity period of the certificate as well as  
the time setting of the device.  
The certificate file is incorrect.  
Confirm whether the password is correct.  
Confirm whether the file type is PKCS#7/#12 or  
x509CACert (extension: p7b/p12/pfx/cer/crt).  
Confirm whether the attribute information (key  
Usage/Extended key usage) of the certificate to be  
imported is set correctly.  
The browser is incorrect.  
Use Internet Explorer.  
016-404 is displayed when trying to The certificate data stored in  
Import the certificate and enable the security  
settings again.  
use security functions that require  
internal memory is either deleted,  
certificates.  
corrupt, or is not readable.  
A certificate cannot be set with  
"Certificate Details".  
The validity period is invalid.  
The certificate path is invalid.  
The validity period of the certificate is invalid.  
Confirm whether the time setting of the machine is  
correct, and whether the validity period of the  
certificate has expired.  
The certificate chain (path validation) of the  
imported certificate may not be correctly validated.  
Confirm whether all of the high-level certificates  
(Trusted/Intermediate) have been imported and are  
not deleted, and whether the validity period has  
expired.  
Although a certificate was imported, The type of the certificate is  
To import a certificate for use with the device (own  
device), import the secret key and a certificate of  
the PKCS#12 (p12/pfx) format as a pair.  
it is not displayed when selecting  
with "Local Device".  
incorrect.  
Server validation is not operating  
correctly.  
The certificate chain is incorrect  
when importing.  
Although importing a root certificate (Trusted) to  
use for server authentication, an Intermediate  
certificate may be required when validating the  
path.  
When executing a certificate file with the  
certification authority, create the certificate with a  
format including all paths and then import that  
certificate.  
Troubleshooting Guide  
311  
   
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories  
If an option does not operate correctly following installation or stops working:  
•
•
•
Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. If this does not fix the problem, unplug the  
printer, and check the connection between the option and the printer.  
Print the printer settings report to see if the option is listed in the Installed Options list. If the option is not listed,  
re-install it. See "Report / List."  
Ensure the option is selected in the printer driver you are using.  
The following table lists printer's option and corrective action for related problem. If the suggested corrective action  
does not correct the problem, call customer service.  
Problem  
Action  
550-sheet feeder  
• Ensure the 550-sheet feeder is correctly installed on the printer. Re-install the  
feeder. See "Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" and "Installing the  
Optional 550-Sheet Feeder."  
• Ensure the print media is loaded correctly. See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and  
the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" for more information.  
Wireless Adapter  
• Ensure the wireless adapter is securely inserted to the correct slot.  
Wi-Fi Direct Problems  
Problem  
Action  
The device cannot discover the printer.  
The printer may be connected to another device via Wi-Fi Direct. Disconnect the  
printer and the device. See "Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network."  
The printer cannot disconnect from the  
device even when the procedure in  
"Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network" has  
been performed.  
The device may be automatically reconnecting to the printer. Reset the passphrase  
for Wi-Fi Direct and disconnect the device. See "Resetting the Passphrase."  
The network mode of the printer cannot be Ensure that Wi-Fi Direct is set to Disable  
.
set to Ad-hoc mode.  
Wi-Fi Direct cannot be set to Enable  
.
Ensure that the network mode is set to Infrastructure mode.  
Other Problems  
Problem  
Action  
Condensation has occurred inside the  
printer.  
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter. This  
also occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity  
reaches 85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate  
environment.  
Contacting Service  
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the error message that  
appears.  
You need to know the model type and Service Tag number of your printer. See the label located inside the front cover  
of your printer and write down the Service Tag number. For details on the location of the Service Tag, see "Express  
Service Code and Service Tag."  
312  
Troubleshooting Guide  
       
Appendix  
Appendix..................................................................................... 315  
313  
 
314  
Appendix  
Dell™ Technical Support Policy  
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the  
troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the operating system, software program and hardware drivers  
to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of  
the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical  
support is available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available for purchase.  
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed software and peripherals. Support for  
third-party software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or  
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).  
Online Services  
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:  
www.dell.com  
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)  
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)  
www.dell.ca (Canada only)  
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail addresses:  
•
Dell Support websites  
dell.com/support  
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)  
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
•
Dell Support e-mail addresses  
[email protected]  
[email protected]  
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
•
Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
[email protected] (Canada only)  
Appendix  
315  
     
Warranty and Return Policy  
Dell Inc. ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new  
in accordance with industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your printer, see  
dell.com/support.  
Recycling Information  
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally  
sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials.  
For specific information on Dell’s worldwide recycling programs, see www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.  
Contacting Dell  
You can access Support for Home at dell.com/support. Select your region, enter the Service Tag of your printer and  
click Submit to access help tools and information.  
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:  
•
•
•
World Wide Web  
www.dell.com  
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)  
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)  
www.dell.ca (Canada only)  
Electronic Support Service  
[email protected]  
[email protected]  
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)  
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
Electronic Quote Service  
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
[email protected] (Canada only)  
316  
Appendix  
       

Xerox M45 User Manual
White Rodgers 775 User Manual
Sanyo Ks1271 User Manual
MIELE INSPIRA G 2180 User Manual
MAYTAG RSW2700 User Manual
HITACHI CG 24EKS User Manual
CRAFTSMAN 917.377990 User Manual
CANON S800 User Manual
CANON POWERSHOT A420 User Manual
BLACK DECKER GC150 User Manual